60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70 60282700 1700 MSOS Version 3 Installation Handbook Dec70

60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70 60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70

User Manual: 60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 433

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

MSOS Version 3

CONTROL DATA
CORPORATION

INSTALLATION HANDBOOK

REVISION RECORD
REVISION
12-70

DESCRIPTION
Original Printing

Publication No.
60282700

Address comments concerning this
manual to:

by Control Data Corporation
Printed in the United States of America

Control Data Corporation
Technical Publications Department
4201 North Lexington Avenue
Arden Hills, Minnesota
or use Comment Sheet in the back of
this manual.

PREFACE

MSOS 3.0 Products
The following products may be used with MSOS 3.0:
1700 Macro Assembler 2. 0
1700 COSY 1. 0
1700 Mass Storage FORTRAN 2.0A
1700 Mass Storage FORTRAN 2. OB
1700 System Checkout
1700 System Configuration
Installation Handbook Format
The purpose of the 1700 MSOS 3.0 Installation Handbook is to provide the information necessary for
field analysts and systems programmers to install the system. It is assumed that these analysts and
programmers have at least one year of system programming experience as well as introductory 1700
instruction. The Installation Handbook is divided into three parts:
Part I covers installation information (requirements, procedures, and modifications) of each of
the MSOS product set members. Each section describes a separate product.
Section
1
2
3

4
5
6
7

MSOS 3.0
Macro Assembler 2.0
COSY 1.0
Mass Storage FORTRAN 2. OA
Mass Storage FORTRAN 2. OB
System Checkout 1. 0
System Configurator 1. 0

Any add-ons will follow the same format.
Part II describes the system modules which must be changed to modify the standard system by
adding drivers or optional modules. The second section of part II describes the installation of
optional drivers; the third section describes the installation of optional modules.

60282700

iii

Part III is an accumulation of installation related information which may be helpful in installation.
Its sections are:
Section
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Conventions
Unit assignments
Hardware FCO levels
Initializer control statements
Initializer Procedures
Installation messages
Card deck and tape structures and contents

Additional MSOS 3. 0 Related Manuals
1700 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE

60191400

1700 MSOS 3.0 REFERENCE MANUAL

60282600

1700 COMPUTER SYSTEM MACRO ASSEMBLER REFERENCE MANUAL

60176300A

1700 COMPUTER SYSTEM MASS STORAGE/FORTRAN REFERENCE MANUAL

60192200A

1700 COSY/MSOS REFERENCE MANUAL

60237100

1700 CONTROL DATA 1700 COMPUTER SYSTEM CODFS

60163500

1700 SYSTEM CHECKOUT REFERENCE MANUAL

60281800

1700 SYSTEM CONFIGURA TOR REFERENCE MANUAL

60282300A

60282700

CONTENTS

PART I
INSTALLA TION

SECTION 1

MSOS 3.0
1. 1 RELEASE DESCRIPTION
1. 1. 1
New Features
1.1.2
Corrections
1. 1. 3
Known Limitations
1. 1. 4
Known Deficiencies
1.2 REQUIREMENTS
1. 2. 1
Release Materials
1. 2.2
Hardware Requirements
1. 2.3
Memory Requirements
1.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1. 3. 1
Summary
1. 3. 2
Load Card Version of System Initializer
1. 3. 3
Load Magnetic Tape Version of System Initializer
1. 3. 4
Load Paper Tape Version of System Initializer
1. 3. 5
Install Operating System
1. 3. 6
1700 SC Autoload Procedures

1-1-1
1-1-1
1-1-1
1-1-2
1-1-2
1-1-3
1-1-3
1-1-3
1-1-4
1-1-5
1-1-6
1-1-6
1-1-6
1-1-9
1-1-13
1-1-16
1-1-29

SECTION 2

MACRO ASSEMBLER 2.0
2. 1 RELEASE DESCRIPTION
2.1.1
New Features
2.1.2
Corrections
2. 1. 3
Known Limitations
2.1.4
Known Deficiencies
2.2 REQUIREMENTS
2.2.1
Release Materials
2.2.2
Hardware Requirements
2. 2.3
Memory Requirements
2.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
2.4 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES
2.4.1
System Modification Example
2.4.2
Modification of Library Macros Example
2.4.3
Verification of Installation

I-2-1
I-2-1
I-2-1
I-2-1
1-2-1
1-2-1
1-2-2
1-2-2
1-2-2
1-2-2
1-2-3
1-2-5
1-2-5
1-2-6
1-2-9

60282700

SECTION 3

COSY 1. 0
3.1 RELEASE DESCRIPTION
New Features
3.1.1
3. 1. 2
Corrections
3.1. 3
Known limitations
3. 1. 4
Known Deficiencies
3.2 REQUIREMENTS
3.2.1
Release Materials
3.2. 2
Hardware Requirements
3.2.3
Memory Requirements
3.3 INST ALLA TION PROCEDURES
3.4 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES
3.4.1
Modification of Number of Output Devices
Verification of Installation
3.4.2

1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-2
1-3-2
1-3-3
1-3-3
1-3-3

SECTION 4

MASS STORAGE FORTRAN 2. OA
4.1 RELEASE DESCRIPTION
4. 1. 1
New Features
4.1. 2
Corrections
4. 1. 3
Known limitations
4.1. 4
Known Deficiencies
4.2 REQUIREMENTS
4.2.1
Release Materials
4. 2.2
Hardware Requirements
4.2.3
Memory Requirements
4.3 INSTALLA TION PROCEDURES
4.4 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES
4.4.1
Loading and Calling SELCOP
4.4.2
Building a Mass Storage FORTRAN 2. OA or 2. OB
Installation Tape
4.4.3
Construction of Object Library
4.4.4
Phase Modification
4.4.5
Object Library Modification
4.4.6
Verification of Installation

1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-2
1-4-2
1-4-2
1-4-4
1-4-19
1-4-19
1-4-22
1-4-24
1-4-25
1-4-26
1-4-27

MASS STORAGE FORTRAN 2. OB
5.1 RELEASE DESCRIPTION
5.1.1
New Features
5.1. 2
Corrections
5.1.3
Known Limitations
5.1.4
Known Deficiencies

1-5-1
1-5-1
I-5-1
1-5-1
1-5-1
1-5-1

SECTION 5

60282700

5. 2

5.3
5.4

REQUIREMENTS
5. 2. 1
Release Materials
5.2.2
Hardware Requirements
5.2.3
Memory Requirements
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES

1-5-2
1-5-2
1-5-2
1-5-2
1-5-3
1-5-14

SECTION 6

SYSTEM CHECKOUT 1. 0
6.1
RELEASE DESCRIPTION
6.1.1
New Features
6.1.2
Corrections
6. 1. 3
Known Limitations
6.1. 4
Known Deficiencies
6.2 REQUIREMENTS
6. 2.1
Release Materials
6.2.2
Hardware Requirements
6. 2. 3
Memory Requirements
6.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
6.3.1
Loading During Initialization
6.3. 2
Loading After Initialization
6.4 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES
6.4.1
User Instructions

1-6-1
1-6-1
1-6-1
1-6-1
1-6-1
1-6-2
1-6-2
1-6-2
1-6-2
1-6-2
1-6-2
1-6-2
1-6-12
1-6-13
1-6-13

SECTION 7

SYSTEM CONFIGURA TOR 1. 0
7.1 RELEASE DESCRIPTION
7.1.1
New Features
7. 1. 2
Corrections
7. 1. 3
Known Limitations
7.1. 4
Known Deficiencies
7. 2 REQUIREMENTS
7. 2.1
Release Materials
7.2.2
Hardware Requirements
7.2.3
Memory Requirements
7.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
7.4 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES
7.4.1
Verification of Installation
·7.4.2
Installation of MSOS 3.0 System Generated by
Configurator

1-7-1
1-7-1
1-7-1
1-7-1
1-7-1
1-7-4
1-7-4
1-7-4
1-7-5
1-7-5
1-7-5
1-7-15
1-7-15

60282700

1-7-24

vii

PART II
CUSTOMIZATION

SECTION 1

SECTION 2

viii

U-l-1
II-l-5

CONFIGURA TION
LOCORE
1.1. 1
Equivalences
1.1.2
Communications Region
1. 1. 3
Interrupt Trap Region
1.1. 4
Table of Preset Entry Points
1.1. 5
Maximum Scratch Sector Number (MAXSEC)
1.2 SYSBUF
1. 2. 1
Equivalences (EQU)
1. 2. 2
Logical Unit Tables
1. 2. 3
Interrupt Mask Table
1. 2.4
Volatile Storage (VOLBLK)
1. 2. 5
Interrupt Stack Area (INTSTK)
1. 2. 6
Scheduler Stack (SCHSTK)
1. 2.7
Allocatable Core (AVCORE)
1. 2. 8
Special Routines
1. 2. 9
Special Tables
1. 2.10 Mass Memory Diagnostic Routines (MMDIAG)
1. 2.11 Overlay Subroutine (OVRLA Y)
1. 2.12 Physical Device Table (PHYSTB)
1. 2.13 Interrupt Response Routine
1. 3 SPACE
1. 3.1
Allocatable Core
1. 3. 2
Restart Program (RESTRT)
1. 4 ENGINEERING FILE

I1-1-5
II-I-6
II-l-S
II-1-9
II-l-l0
II-I-10
II-l-11
II-I-15
II-I-19
II-1-20
II-I-2.0
II-1-21
II-1-23
II-1-25
II-1-26
II-1-26
II-1-26
II-1-33
II-1-34
II-1-34
II-1-34
II-1-35

DRIVER ADDITION
2.1 1706 BUFFERED DATA CHANNEL
2.2 1726-405 CARD READER DRIVER
2. 2. 1
Description
2.2.2
Installation Requirements
2. 2.3
Installation Procedures
2.3 172S-430 READER/PUNCH DRIVER
2.3.1
Description
2.3.2
Installation Requirements
Installation Procedures
2.3.3

II-2-1
II-2-3
II-2-5
II-2-5
II-2-5
II-2-5
II-2-S
II-2-8
II-2-S
II-2-S

1.1

U-1-5

60282700

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

2.10

2.11

2.12

2.13

2.14
2.15

60282700

1729-2 CARD READER DRIVER
2.4.1
Description
2.4.2
Installation Requirements
2.4.3
Installation Procedures
1738-853/854 DISK DRIVER (DISKWD)
2.5.1
Description
2.5.2
Installation Requirements
2.5.3
Installation Procedures
1751 DRUM DRIVER
Description
2.6.1
2.6.2
Installation Requirements
2.6.3
Installation Procedures
1740-501 LINE PRINTER DRIVER
2.7.1
Description
2.7.2
Installation Requirements
2.7.3
Installation Procedures
1731-601 BUFFERED MAGNETIC TAPE DRIVER
2.8.1
Installation Requirements
2.8.2
Installation Procedures
1731-601 UNBUFFERED MAGNETIC TAPE DRIVER
2.9.1
Installation Requirements
2.9.2
Installation Procedures
1732-608/609 MAGNETIC TAPE DRIVER
2.10.1 Installation Requirements
2.10.2 Installation Procedures
1777 PAPER TAPE STATION
2.11. 1 General 1777 Paper Tape Station Information
2.11.2 1777 Paper Tape Station Reader Driver
2.11. 3 1777 Paper Tape Station Punch Driver
1711/1712/1713 TELETYPEWRITER DRIVER
2.12.1 Description
2.12.2 Installation Requirements
2.12.3 Installation Procedures
TELETYPEWRITER READER/PUNCH DRIVER
2.13.1 Description
2.13.2 Installation Requirements
2.13.3 Installation Procedures
1572/1573 TIMER
MASS MEMORY DRIVERS

II-2-11
II-2-11
II-2-11
II-2-11
II-2-13
II-2-13
II-2-13
II-2-14
II-2-18
II - 2-18
II-2-18
II-2-19
II-2-22
1-2-22
II-2-22
II-2-22
II-2-24
II-2-24
II-2-24
II-2-26
II-2-26
II-2-26
II-2-28
II-2-28
II-2-28
II-2-32
II-2-32
II-2-32
II-2-35
II-2-38
II-2-38
II-2-38
II-2-38
II-2-40
II-2-40
II-2-40
II-2-40
II-2-45
II-2-46

SECTION 3

OTHER MODIFICATIONS
3. 1 BUILDING AN INITJALIZER
3.1.1
Available Modules
3.1.2
Procedures for Generating an Initializer
3.2 MANUAL INPUT FOR PROCESS PROGRAM (MIPRO)
3.3 USER REQUEST MODULES
3.3.1
Procedures
3.3.2
Calling Sequence
3.4 RE-ENTRANT FORTRAN LIBRARY PACKAGE
3.4. 1
Preparation
3.4.2
Installation Procedures
3.5 NON-RE-ENTRANT ENCODE/DECODE
3.5.1
Requirements
3.5.2
Installation Procedures
3.6 OUTPUT MESSAGE BUFFERING PACKAGE
3.6.1
Requirements
3.6.2
Installation Procedures

II-3-1
II-3-1
II-3-1
II-3-2
II-3-3
II-3-4
II-3-4
II-3-4
II-3-5
II-3-5
II -3~6
II-3-8
II-3-8
II-3-8
II-3-10
II-3-10
II-3-10

PART HI
INSTALLA nON RELATED IN FORMA nON

SECTION 1

CONVENTIONS

SECTION 2

UNIT
2. 1
2.2
2.3

SECTION 3

FIELD CHANGE ORDER (FCO) LEVELS

III-3-1

SECTION 4

INITIALIZER CONTROL STATEMENTS
4.1
*V ENTER STATEMENTS ON INPUT DEVICE
4.2 *U ENTER STATEMENTS ON COMMENT DEVICE
4.3 *S ASSIGN ENTRY POINT NAME
4.3.1
*S,n,hhhh
4.3.2
*S,n,S
4.3.3
*S,n,P

III-4-1
III-4-1

ASSIGNMENTS
LOGICAL UNIT, EQUIPMENT, AND INTERRUPT LINE
INITIALIZER LOGICAL UNIT AND EQUIPMENT
SYSTEM UNIT

III-2-1
III-2-1
III-2-2
III-2-2

III-4-1
III-4-1

III-4-1
III-4-1
III-4-1

602827QO

SECTION 5

SECTION 6

INITIALIZER PROCEDURES
5.1 ENTERING DATA INTO CORE MEMOHY
5.2 EXAMINING DATA IN CORE MEMORY
5.3 EXECUTING INSTRUCTION SEQUENCE

III-5-1
III-5-1
III-5-2
UI-5-2

INSTALLATION MESSAGES
SYSTEM INITIALIZER MESSAGES
PROGRAM LOADING MESSAGES
JOB PHOCESSING MESSAGES
DEBUGGING AND LIBRARY EDITING MESSAGES

III-6-1
III-6-1
III-6-2
III-6-3
III-6-4

CARD DECK AND TAPE CONTENTS
MSOS 3.0
7. 1. 1
Structures
7.1.2
Card Installation Deck
7.1.3
Magnetic Installation Tape
7. 1. 4
Paper Tape Initializer
7.1. 5
Installation Paper Tapes
7. 1. 6
Optional COSY Source Tape
7.1. 7
MSOS 3.0 Module List
7. 2 MA CRO ASSEMBLER 2.0
7. 2.1
Installation Tapes
7.22
Optional Tapes
7.3 COSY 1. 0
7.4 MASS STOHAGE FOHTHAN 2. OA
7.4.1
Installation Tapes
7.4. 2
COSY Source Tape
7. 4. 3
Compiler Program Order
7. 4. 4
Compiler Program Lengths, Common Lengths,
and Externals
7.4. 5
Object Library Program Entry Points and
Externals
7.5 MASS STORAGE FORTRAN 2. OB
7.5.1
Installation Tape
7.5.2
COSY Source Tape
7. 5. 3
Compiler Program Order
7. 5.4
Compiler Program Lengths, Common Lengths,
and Externals
7.5.5
Object Library Program Entry Points and
Externals
7. 6
SYSTEM CHECKOUT 1. 0
7.7 SYSTEM CONFIGURA TOR
7. 7. 1
Release Tape Format
7.7.2
System Definitions and Skeletons Tape
7.7. 3
COSY Source Tape

III-7-1
III-7-1
UI-7-1
III-7-6
III-7-8
III-7-14
III-7-16
UI-7-21
III-7-27
III-7-34
III-7-36
III-7-36
III-7-38
III-7-39
III-7-42
III-7-54
III-7-63

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
SECTION 7

7.1

60282700

III-7-70
III-7-85
III-7-89
III-7 -91
III-7-101
III-7-108
III-7-114
III-7-128
III-7-132
III-7-133
III-7-134
III-7-141
III-7-148

MSOS 3.0

1.1

RELEASE DESCRIPTION

The release description of the standard released MSOS 3.0 includes new MSOS features, corrections,
limitations, and deficiencies.

1.1.1 NEW FEATURES
•

Optimization of mass memory: All I/O drivers, except mass memory drivers and the teletypewriter\keyboard are optionally mass memory resident. Also, even though the job processor and
LIBEDT retain their 2.1 capabilities, their use of allocatable core is modified so that the size of
allocatable core can be reduced.

•

Engineering File: The engineering file logs all hardware errors on peripheral devices.

•

MSOS 3.0 is capable of handling multiple devices on the 1706 buffered data channel.

All MSOS PSRs received before July 1, 1970 are included in the MSOS 3.0 release.

•

Core requirements for ODEBUG are less in MSOS 3.0 than in MSOS 2.1 because of sector
addressing.

•

Initializer capabilities: The input media options are expanded under 3.0 to include:
1726-405 card reader
1728-430 card reader
1729-2 card reader
1731/1732 magnetic tape unit
1777 paper tape reader

•

By using System Configurator, MSOS 3.0 may be customized for a specific system.
lists the new System Configurator features available for use with MSOS 3. O.

Section 7.1. 1

•

FORTRAN monitor interface package, re-entrant I/O package and arithmetic routines are now
standard products.

•

The System Maintenance Routine (SMR) is now a standard utility package.

60282700

1-1-1

1.1.2 CORREcTIONS
All PSRs received before july 1, 1970 are included in MSOS 3. O. The PSR numbers are:
302

444

528

342
373
377
390
395
398
401
405
406
409
416
425
428

445
449
454
465
467

529

4'71

544

489
492
495
496
49'1
517
518
521
525
526
527

546-553
555
558-570
572'"594
596
$97
599-tl12
615-617
621-623
625-633

433

434
435
436

531

635
636
638
640

532.... 538

643

540

644
648
649
651
tl52
654
665
657
660
667
670
677
681

530

545

The following RSMs are also included in the MSOS 3.0 release:
A163
1531
1738

1.1.3 KNOWN LIMITATIONS
The SCN command in ODEBUG does not reject illegal hexadecimal values but converts them to zero
and continues.
statement editing for errors within the system initializer is limited. fucorrect commands can cause
initialization malfunctions which require restarting the process to alleviate the problem.
Incorrect formatting of output to the TTY will result if the output message buffering package is used
with Standard Recovery.
An *p statement in LIBEDT punches a single all-ones frame on paper tape even when no valid input is
received.
The engineering file requires that the DISKWD driver be used.

1-1-2

60282700

1.1. 4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

A program load operation which generates an E3 diagnostic will also generate an E13 diagnostic.
Loader blocks that are too long and are input to the system initializer hang it.
When replacing a file on the program library with a larger file under *N processor, the operation is
performed. But, when listing the library under *DL the file name is printed twice, once where
code should appear and again at the end of the listing.
COSY control card END/ is missing on PROTEC COSY source.

1.2

REQUIREMENTS

To install the standard MSOS 3.0 system, the necessary release materials, hardware and software
must be available. These requirements are listed below.

1. 2.1 RELEASE MATERIALS

The user receives the MSOS 3.0 system either on cards, magnetic tape or paper tape. Following are
the materials issued to the user with the particular system he chooses as well as optional materials
available to the user on request. The card deck and tape structures for these materials are in part III,
section 7.1.

Card Version
System initializer and installable binaries card deck
System definitions and skeletons card deck

Magnetic Tape Version
One magnetic tape containing the system initializer and install able binaries
One magnetic tape containing system definitions and skeletons

Paper Tape Version
One system initializer paper tape
Eight installation paper tapes
Eleven paper tapes containing system definitions and skeletons

Optional
One COSY source magnetic tape
Source on cards
Three list magnetic tapes

60282700

1-1-3

1. 2.2 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS

Minimum Configuration
The installation procedures in part I, section 1. 3 pertain to the following standard minimum machine
configurations:
CONTROL DATA® 1704 Computer (with 4096 words of memory) or, CONTROL DATA® 1774
Computer
CONTROL DATA® 1705 Interrupt/Data Channel
CONTROL DATA® 1708 Storage Increment (3 with 4096 words of memory)
CONTROL DATA® 1711 Teletypewriter or CONTROL DATA® 1712 Teletypewriter
CONTROL DATA® 1738 Disk Controller
CONTROL DATA® 853 Disk Driver or CONTROL DATA® 854 Disk Drive
CONTROL DATA® 1777 Paper Tape Station

Optional Peripherals
Program operation can be enhanced by adding other peripherals. As peripherals are added and the system
is expanded, the size of core storage must be expanded to accomodate the new drivers. Optional peripherals are listed below along with the sections in part II describing their installation instructions. The
memory required for each is listed in part I, section 1. 2. 3.
Section
2.1
CONTROL DATA® 1706 Buffered Data Channel
2.2
CONTROL DATA® 1726 Card Reader Control
CONTROL DATA® 405 Card Reader
2.3
CONTROL DATA® 1728-430 Card Reader/Punch
2.4
CONTROL DATA® 1729-2 Card Reader
2.6
CONTROL DATA® 1751 Drum
2.7
CONTROL DATA® 1740 Printer Controller
CONTROL DATA® 501 Line Printer
2.8 and 2.9
CONTROL DATA® 1731 Magnetic Tape Controller
2.10
CONTROL DATA® 1732 Magnetic Tape Controller
CONTROL DATA® 601 Magnetic Tape Transport
CONTROL DATA® 608 Magnetic Tape Transport
CONTROL DATA® 609 Magnetic Tape Transport
2.13
CONTROL DATA® 1713 Teletypewriter
2.14
CONTROL DATA®1572 Programmable Sample Rate Unit or CONTROL
DA TA® 1573 Line Synchronized Timing Generator

1-1-4

60282700

1. 2. 3 MEMORY REQUIREMENTS
If optional peripherals are to be added (part II, section 2), the following information explains the memory needed to add each driver. All lengths are in decimal.

Released Monitor
657(;
1623

Core resident with mass memory drivers
Allocatable core
Available Drivers
Card Equipment
1726-405 card reader, buffered
1726-405 card reader, unbuffered
1728-430 card reader/punch
1729-2 card reader

Core Resident

Mass Memory Resident

378
351
867
440

404
371

891
460

Disk or Drum Equipment
1738-853/854 disk
1751 drum

445
272

Line Printer Equipment
1740-501 line printer

511

526

1296
1286
949
938

1311
1208
1008
986

427

503

Magnetic Tape Equipment
1731-601 buffered
1731-601 unbuffered
1732-608/609 buffered
1732-608/609 unbuffered
Paper Tape Equipment
1777 paper tape reader/punch
Teletypewriter
1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter
1713 reader/punch teletypewriter

60282700

319
607 + buffer size

1-1-5

1.3

INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

1.3. 1 SUMMARY

The installation of the standard released version of MSOS 3.0 consists of the following summarized steps.
For detailed instructions, refer to the specified section (in part I).
1.

Load system initializer

Load the bootstrap which is on either
cards, paper tape, or magnetic tape

Read and execute checksum loader

Execute system initializer

if using card version: section 1.3.2
if using magnetic tape version: section 1. 3. 3
if using paper tape version: section 1.3.4

Install MSOS 3.0 operating system
a. Set MAXCOR

section 1. 3. 5
section 1.3.5, step 2

Set SECTOR

section 1.3.5, step 3

If necessary, delete or add drivers

section 1.3.5, steps 4 and 5

If necessary, reassign input, output,
and/or comment devices

section 1.3.5, step 6

If installing on a 1700 SC, enter the

section 1.3.6

autoload program
System initialization messages are listed in part III, section 6.1; system installation messages are in
part III, sections 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4.

1.3.2 LOAD CARD VERSION OF SYSTEM INITIALIZER

Mount disk pack on the disk drive.

Enter the Card Loading Sequence
Enter the loading sequence into core memeory beginning at core memory location 200. This code can
be loaded at any location or run anywhere above the last location into which the checksum loader will
load, but the location 200 is preferable. This sequence of code will read one formatted record (the
checksum loader) into the location specified by the A register (which will be 0000).

1-1-6

60282700

Press the master CLEAR on the console

Set all switches to neutral positions

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Set push button register to 200

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to ENTER

Set X register

Enter the code in this manner:
a.

Enter first (or next word) of code. into push button register

Momentarily set RUN/STEP switch to STEP

Press the display CLEAR button

Proceed with each word in the X register column using steps a through c until all code is
entered (The location is in the P register)
P Register

0200
0201
0202
0203
0204
0205
0206
0207
0208
0209
020A
020B
020C
020D
020E
020F
0210
0211
0212
0213
0214
0215
0216
0217
0218
0219
02lA
021A
021C
021D
021E

60282700

X Register

681E
0844
681A
60FF
EOOO
0421
COOO
0080
03FE
OOFE
02FE
OFC8
6811
02FE
B80F
6COF
D80E
COFF
DOFF
0908
0121
18F4
0806
C805
09FC
0131
18E6
18FF
0000
0000
0000

Mnemonic Instructions

PRELOD STA* STADD
CLR A
READ
STA* NO

STA- I
toO

=N$0421

IDA

=N$0080

nUT

-1
-1
-1

INQ
NEXT

INP
AL. S
STA*
INP
EOR*
STA*
RAO*
L.DII-

TEMP
-1

TEMP
(STADD)
STADD

I
RAO- I

LOOP

DONE
NO
TEMP
STAOD

INA
SAP
JMP*
RAO*
LOA*
INA

-39
LOOP-~'-1

NEXT
NO
NO
-3
SAlvi
DONE-"'-1
JMP* READ
NUM $18FF
NUM 0
NUM 0
NUM 0
END PRELOD

1-1-7

Set the P register

10.

The display should show 218 16 which means that 25 10 commands have been entered

11.

Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

Check Loading Sequence
1.

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set all switches to their neutral position

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Enter into the push button register the first core location to be examined

Set X register

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to SWEEP position

Momentarily set the RUN/STEP switch to the STEP position
The data in the core location specified in step 5 appears on the push button register

9.
10.

To display the next sequential word of core memory in the push button register, briefly set the
RUN/STEP switch to the STEP position
Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

Read Checksum Loader

Place the system initializer and installable binaries deck in the card reader; ready the device

Set all swtiches to neutral

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set the P register

Set push button register to 0200

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN
The checksum loader, the first portion of the deck is read; the card reader stops processing.

Execute Checksum Loader
Since the initializer is the second portion of the system initializer and installable binaries deck (following
the checksum loader), it is already in the card reader.

1-1-8

60282700

Set the A register

Set the push button register to xxxx
xxxx is the length of MAX COR minus the initializer length 1681 16 •

Set the SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set the RUN/STEP swtich to RUN to load the tape

When the card deck stops processing cards, set the Q register

The push button register should be 0000

If the push button register does not read 0000, a checksum error occurred

Re-insert the initializer portion of the card deck

Return to step 1

Execute System Initializer

Press master CLEAR on console

Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Set the push button register to xxxx which is the address of the system initializer
xxxx is the length of MAXCOR minus the initializer length.

Momentarily set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

SI appears on the teletypewriter to indicate that the system initializer can now load the operating
system. Continue installing with step 2, part I, section 1. 3. 5, Installing the Operating System.

1. 3. 3 LOAD MAGNETIC TAPE VERSION OF SYSTEM INITIALIZER

Mount the disk pack on the disk drive.

Enter the Magnetic Tape Loading Sequence
The bootstrap program reads in the absolute initializer which resides on magnetic tape. Enter the
loading sequence into core memory beginning at core memory location 200. This code can be loaded
at any location or run anywhere above the last location into which the checksum loader will load, but
the location 200 is preferable. This sequence of code will read one formatted record (the checksum
loader) into the location specified by the A register (which will be 0000).

60282700

1-1-9

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set ill switches to neutral positions

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Set push button register to 200

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to ENTER

Set X register

Enter the code in this manner:
a.

Enter first (or next word) of code into push button register

Momentarily set RUN/STEP switch to STEP

Press display CLEAR button

Proceed with each word in the X register column using steps a through c until all
entered (The location is in the P register)

P Register

X Register

0200
0201
0202
0203
0204
0205
0206
0207
0208
0209
020A
020B
020C
0200
020E
020F
0210
0211
0212
0213
0214
0215
0216
0217

6832
EOOO
0382
COOO
0414
03FE
OOFE
COOO
.0100
03FE
OOFE
OAOO
02FE
581E
OFC4
.}C23
02FE
6820
OF42
SCIF
7CIE
0810
C8lB
AOOO

1-1-10

cod~

Mnemonic Instructions

MTLDR

LOOP

STA* HOLD
LOQ =N$382
LOA

=N$414

OUT
INQ
LOA.

-1
-1
=N$100

OUT
INQ
ENA
INP
RTJ*
ALS
SPA*
INP
STA*
ARS
EOR*
SPA*
RAO*
LOA*
AND

-1
-1
0
-1
ROUn
4
(HOLD)
-1
TEMP
2
(HOLD)
(HOLD)
HOLD
TEMP
=N'fi3

60282700

P Register

021A
0219
021A
0218
021C
0210
021E
021F
0220
0221
0222
0223
0224
0225
0226
0227
0228
0229
022A
0228
022C
0220
022E
022F
0230
0231
0232

9.
10.

X Register

0003
5812
5811
OFC2
7C16
02FE
6813
OF44
BC12
7Cll
0810
C80E
AOOO
OOOF
5805
5804
7COA
0809
lBEl
0800
OFC6
7COS
02FE
BC03
lCFA
0000
0000

Mnemonic Jnstructipns

RTJ* ROUTl
RTJ* ROUTl
AL~
2
SPA* (HOLD)
INP -1
STA* TEMP
ARS 4
EOR* (HOLD)
SPA* (HOLD)
RAO* HOLD
LOA* TEMP
AND =N$F

Roun

TEMP
HOLD

RTJ*
RTJ*
SPA*
RAO*
,jMP*
Nap
ALS
SPA*
INP
EOR*
JMP*
NUM
NUM
END

ROUTI
ROUTI
(HOLD)
HOLD
LOOP
0
6
(HOLD)
-1
(HOLD)
(ROUn)
0
0
MTLOR

Set the P register.

The display should show 23216 which means that 5210 commands have been entered.

60282700

1-1-11

Check Loading Sequence
1.

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set all switches to their neutral position

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Enter into the push button register the first core location to be examined

Set X register

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to SWEEP positions

Momentarily set the RUN/STEP switch to the STEP position
The data in the core location specified in step 5 appears on the push button register.

To display the next sequential word of core memory in the push button register, briefly set the
RUN/STEP switch to the STEP position

10.

Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

Execute Bootstrap Loader
1.

Mount the MSOS magnetic tape containing the initializer and installable binaries on the magnetic
tape unit. Set the unit to equipment 7, unit 0,

Set the push button register to xxxx

xxxx is the length of MAXCOR minus the initializer length (1681 16 )
Set the SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN to load the tape

When the tape stops, the system initializer has been read in.

Execute System Initializer
1.

Press master CLEAR switch

Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Set the push button register to xxxx which is the address of the system initializer

Momentarily set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

SI appears on the teletypewriter to indicate that the system initializer can now load the operating
system. Continue with the instructions in part I, section 1. 3.5 to install the operating system

1-1-12

60282700

1. 3. 4 LOAD PAPER TAPE VERSION OF SYSTEM INITIALIZER
Mount the disk pack on the disk drive.

Enter the Paper Tape Loading Sequence
Enter the loading sequence into core memory beginning at core memory location 200. This code can
be loaded at any location or run anywhere above the last location into which the checksum loader will
load, but the location 200 is preferable. This sequence of code will read one formatted record (the
checksum loader) into the location specified by the A register (which will be 0000).
10

Press master CLEAR switch

Set all switches to neutral positions

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P l'cgistel'

Set push button register to 200

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to ENTER

Set X register

Enter the code in this manner:
a.

Enter first (or next word) of code into push button register

Momentarily set RUN/STEP switch to STEP

Press display CLEAR button

Proceed with each word in the X register column using steps a through c until all code is
entered (The location is in the P register)

60282700

1-1-13

P Register

0200
0201
0202
0203
0204
0205
0206
'()201
020S
0209
020A
020B
020C
0200
020E
020f
0210
0211
0212
0213
0214
0215
0216
0211
0218

9.
10.
11.

X Register

6'SIS
OA20
EOOO
OOAI
03FE
OOFE
02FE
0111
lSFD
OFCS
02FE
6S0C
OAOO
02fE
OFC8
02fE
6COS
0801
CS05
0102
0803
18F6
18FF
0000
0000

Mnemonic Instructions

START

OVER

OVERI

SAVE
STAOO

STA* STAOO
ENA $20
lOQ =X$lIl
nUT
INn
INP
SAN
JMP*
AlS
INP
STA*
ENA
INP
ALS
INP
STA*
RAO*
LOA*
SAZ
RAO*
JMP*
NUM
NUM
NUtv1
END

-1
-1
-1
1
OVER
S
-1
SAVE
0
-1
S
-1
(STAOO)
STAOO
SAVE
2
SAVE
OVERI
'G18fF
0
0
START

Set the P register
The display should show 218 16 which means that 25 10 commands have been entered
Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

1-1-14

60282700

Check Loading Sequence
1.

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set all switches their neutral position

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Enter into the push button register the first core location to be examined

Set X register

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to SWEEP position

Momentarily set the RUN/STEP switch to the STEP position
The data in the core location specified in step 5 appears on the push button register

9.
10.

To display the next sequential word of core memory in the push button register, briefly set the
RUN/STEP switch to the STEP position
Release SELECTIVE STOP

Read Checksum Loader
1.

Mount the MSOS 3.0 system initializer paper tape on the paper tape reader.
loader is on the front part of this tape

Set all switches to neutral

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set the P register button

Set push button register to 0200

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

The checksum

The first few feet (checksum loader) are read from the tape into core memory at location 0000,
the tape then stops.
Execute Checksum Loader
1.

Position the system initialization tape in the paper tape readel'

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set the A register

Set the push button register to xxxx
xxxx is the length of MAXCOR minus the initializer length (1681 16 )

60282700

1-1-15

Set the SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN to load the tape

When the tape stops, set the Q register

The push button register should be 0000

If the push button register does not read 0000, a checksum error occurred

Re-insert the initializer portion of the tape into the reader

Return to step 2

Execute System Initializer
1.

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Release SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Set the push button register to xxxx which is the address of the system initializer

Momentarily set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

SI appears on the teletypewriter to indicate that the system initializer can now load the operating
system. Continue with the instructions in part I, section 1.3.5 to install the operating system.

1.3.5 INSTALL OPERATING SYSTEM
1.

Mount the first MSOS 3.0 installation paper tape in the paper tape reader; ready the unit. Since
the initializer and the installable binaries are on the same magnetic tape, if using magnetic tape
the tape is already mounted on equipment 7, unit O. Likewise if using cards, the card deck
containing the installable binaries is already in the card reader.

Type *S,MAXCOR,xxxx
xxxx is the highest core location used by the system; use the first column if installing on a 1704

computer and the second column if installing on the 1700 SC.
1704

1700 SC

System Size

3FFF
4FFF
5FFF
6FFF
7FFF

3FEO
4FEO
5FEO
6FEO
7FEO

16K
20K
24K
28K
32K

1-1-16

60282700

To reserve areas in upper core for permanent bootstrap loaders and/or core dump programs,
set MAX COR to less than the system core size.
Press RETURN
Message Q
3.

Type *S, SECTOR,xxxx
xxxx indicates the maximum number in hexadecimal of disk pack sectors to be used by the operating
system.
xxxx

Unit

3E7F
7CFF
AA9
1552
2FFF

1738-853
1738-854
1751E
1751J
For mass memory buffering when using software buffering package

Press RETURN
Message Q
At times it is desirable to limit system scratch by setting SECTOR to a value less than the two
maximums mentioned above for the 853 and the 854 disk drives. Reducing the system scratch
area provides a file area accessible to the user only.
4.

To reduce the size of the core resident system, delete unnecessary drivers at this point in installation.
Type *S, entry point, 7FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q
Entry points for the various standard drivers are listed below.
is listed for each driver, any entry point may be used.

Even though only one entry point

Card

Entry Point

1726-405 card reader

CR405

1728-430 card reader

IN1728

1729-2 card reader

IN1729

Disk
1738-853/854 disk

DISK

1738-853/854 disk word

DISKWD

60282700

I-1-17

Drum

Entry Point

1751 drum

DRMDRZ

Line Printer
1740- 50 1 line printer

IN501

Magnetic Tape
1731 unbuffered magnetic tape control
1731-601-1706 buffered magnetic tape control
1731 recovery
1731-1706 recovery
1731/1732 tape motion control
1731-601 format ASCII read/write
1731-1706-601 buffered format ASCII read/write
1731-601 format binary read/write
1731-1706-601 buffered format binary read/write
1731-601 non-format read/write
1731-1706-601 buffered non-format read/write
1732-608/609 buffered/unbuffered formatted/unformatted read/write

TAPEDR
TAPDRB
RECOVT
RECVTB
T14
FRWA
FRWAB
FRWB
FRWBB
RWBA
RWBAB
TAPINT

Paper Tape
1777 paper tape reader

PTREAD

1777 paper tape punch

PUN CDR

Teletypewriter
1711/1712 teletypewriter

TYPI

1713 keyboard

S13KI

Examples:
To delete the printer driver:
Type *S, PRINTI, 7FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q

1-1-18

60282700

To delete the unbuffered magnetic tape driver, type all non-buffered driver names:
Type *S, TAPEDR, 7 FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q
Type *S, FRWA, 7 FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q
Type *S, FRWB, 7FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q
Type *S, RECOVT, 7 FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q
Type *S, T14, 7FFF
Press RETURN
Message Q
During initialization the printout includes an error 17 message for each of the drivers deleted with
an *S.
5.

Initializing from other media:
The system initializer is initially set to accept input from a paper tape reader, output to disk,
and list on the teletypewriter. A 1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter is assumed to be the comment
I/O device.
If the initial input was from the paper tape reader and the operating system is to be built from
another device, reassign units at this time. See part III, section 4 for additional initializer
control statements and part III, section 6.1 for initializer diagnostics.

To Reassign the Input Device
Type *I, lun
lun

Device

1
2
3
10

1777 paper tape station reader
1728-430 or 1729-2 card reader
1731-601 or 1732-608 magnetic tape unit (equipment 7, unit 0)
1726-405 card reader

Press RETURN
Message Q

60282700

1-1-19

To Reassign the Output Device

;0
Type y,'lun
lun

Device

4
5

1738-853/854 disk pack
1751 drum

Press RETURN
Message Q
To Reassign the Comment and List Device
Type *C, lun
lun

Device

6
7
8

1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter
1740-501 line printer
dummy list device

Press RE TURN
Message Q
All system initializer messages appear on the comment device with the maps.
6.

Type one of the following so that the protect processor can analyze disk I/O requests:
Type *S, WDADR, 0
*S, WDADR, 1

if DISK driver is to be used
if DlSKWD driver is to be used

Press RETURN
7.

Type *V
Press RETURN
Message Q

The ins tall able binaries are read by either the card reader, magnetic tape unit, or paper tape
reader. The program names on the tape are typed on the list device.
If using paper tapes, the following message appears after each of the installation tapes is read:

Message L,lun FAILED.
ACTION

Mount the next installation paper tape on the paper tape reader

Press READY MASTER CLR on the paper tape reader

Type RP
Press RETURN

1-1-20

60282700

Duringsystem initialization, the printout is described as follows:
Format! name

xxxx

name

The program name

xxxx

First word address (FWA) for core resident (*L) programs
Beginning sector number of the groups of programs associated with the
*YM ordinal for mass memory (*M) resident programs

If unpatched externals result at the end of either an *M load, or an *L load, or at the end of

system initialization following an *T command, an ERROR C or ERROR D appears on the system
initialization comment device. To continue initialization, repeat the last control statement typed
(either *M or *L load commands or the *T.)
a.

Type either *M or *L or *T

Press RETURN

The list output during initialization is as follows:

*S,SYSLVL,5245
*S,DTIMER,7fff
*S,SYSCOP,7fff
*S,ONE,7fff
*S,TWO,7fff
*S,THREE,7fff
*S,WDADR,l
*YM,EfILE,1
*YM,LIBEDT,2
*YM'LOADSD,~

*YM.JORENT,4
*YM,JOBPRO,5
*YM,PROTEC,6
*YM,JPLOAD,7
*YM,JPCHGE,8
*YM, JPTl3,9
*YM,MIPRO,10
*YM,RESTOR,ll
*YM,ODEBlIG,12
*YM,RCOVER,13
*YM,BRKPT,14
*YM,SELf,15
*YM,LOGGER,16
*L
LOCORE
LOCORE
SYSBUf
TRVEC
DR CORE
NIPROC

60282700

DATA CORP. 1970 0000
REV.1
01BB
REV.1
06E4
REV.l
0710
REV.1
0850

1-1-21

EfILE
EF

DECEMHER 31. 1970 REV.l
UREDl

UBEDT
DECEMBER
SCHEDU
SCHEDU
DECEIvlHER
NDISP
DECEIvlHER
NCMPRQ
DECEIvlHER
NFNR
OECEMHER
ADEV
DECEt..1BER
*M
LOADSD
l.OAD
DECEMi;ER
HRANCH
()ECE'~HER
LIDRIV
DECEMHER
LCDRIV
DECEI·~HER
LMDRIV
OECEMHER
LLDRIV
DECEIvlHER
SCAN
DECEt.1HER
CHPU
DECE"1'iER
AOJOVF
DECE~BER
CONVRT
DEC[l.1HEI<
TABSCH
DECEMBER
TAHSTI<
DECEMBER
LSTOlJT
DECEMHER
LINKI
OECEMHER
LINK2
OECEMkER
COREXT
DECEMHER
UPRADi)
DECEMBER
LOADER
DECEMBER
NAMPRO
OEC[MBER
RHORZS
DECEt-1BER
ENTEXT
OECEH,-iER
XFRPRO
DECE'~HER
I1EXPRO
DECEMBER
EOLPRO
DECEMBER
AllRPRO
DECEt-1BER
*L
Al.CORE
ALCOPE
DECEMBER
ALVOL
DECEMBER
orVOl
OECEt~HER
PARAMF
DECEMBER
COMMON
DECEr-.1HER
NEPROC
DECEMHER
NMONI
DECfMHER
RW
OECEtvHER
MAKQ
DECE"1BER
DECEM<-;ER
MINT
*M
'OHENT
JOHENT
DECEMHER
T11
DECE.t·mER
DECEr-1HER
T7
TS
DECO-1BER
*L

I-1-22

OECE~~HER

0001

31. 1970 REV.l

0006

31.
31.
31.
31.
31.

REV.l
REV.l
REV.I
REV.l
REV. 1

08CE
0978
0984
09ES
OA4F

31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.l
H. 1910 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1910 REV.1
31. 1970 REV.1
31. 19·70 REV. 1
11. 1970 REV.1
31. 1970 REV. 1
31. 1970 REV. 1
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.1
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.1
31, 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.1
31. 1970 REV. 1
31, 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV. 1
31. 1910 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 REV.l
31. 1970 RFV.I

0039
0039
0019
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039

31. 1970
::n, 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970
31. 1970

RFV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REv.l
REV.l

OC2F
OC09
OCF6

REv.l
REv.l
REV.l
REV.l

OOhO
0077
ODDA
OElO
OEOA
OFOI

31,
31.
31,
31.
31.

REV.l
REV.l
REv.l
REV.l
REV.1

005A
0054
OOSA
OOSA
OOSA

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

~EV.l

OD02

60282700

JOBPRO

*M
JOBPRO

DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l

OOSF

DECH1HER 31. 1970 REV.l
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l

0064
0064

DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l

006F

DECEM"ER 31, 1970 REV.1
DECE'''BER 31. 1970 REV.l

0074
0074

DECEMf-lER 31. 1970 REV.l

0018

DECEM8ER 31. 1970 REV. 1

007f)

DECEMHER 31. 1970 REV.l

0080

DECE''''RER 31. 1970 "?EV.1

0083

PROTEC

*M
PROTEC
JBKILL

JPLOAD

*M
JPLOAD

JPCHGE

*M
JPCHGE
ASCHEX

JPTl3

*M
Tl3

MIPRO

*M
MIPRO

RFSTOR

*M
RESTOR

ODEHIJ';

*M
ODE BUG
*M

RrOVER
RCOVER
OUTSEL
OMPCOR
MASDMP

DECEMHER
DECEMBER
f)ECEI4BER
DECEMBER

31.
31.
31.
31.

1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1

DECEr"BER
DECEMBER
DECEMHER
DECEMBER

31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV.1
h'EV.I
REV. 1
REV.l
REV.1
REV.l
REII.l
REV. ]

00A5
OOAS
001\5

OOAt:;

RRKPT

*M
f3RKPTD
tlIASCI
SIFT
RETJMP
JUMPTO
ENTER
ENTCOR
PRTREG
SETRRP
TERMIN
DMPCOR
MASf)MP
RESUME

DECEMHEf~

DECEr..,BER
DECfMHER
DECEr-'HER
DECEMBER
DECE'''HER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
OfCEMREF<

OOAE
OOAf
OOI\f
OO"E
OOA[
OOAE
OOllf
OOA[
OOIlE
()OIlE

00 II F_

OOAF
OOAt::

SFLF

*M
SELFS

DECEMHER 31. 1910 REV.l

oo~C

1970 REV.l

OOCI

1970 REV.l
1970 REV.l

OFP7
144R

1970 REV.l

00C4

1970 REV.l

OOC7

1970 REV.l

OOCII

LOGGFh'

*M
LOGA

DECEt"HER 31.
MASORV
MASDRV
DECEMBER 31.
S13001
DECEMHER 31.
MASS MEMORY DRIVERS
*M
S13002
DECE'~BER ]1.
*S,M171]P,S
*"'1
S13003
DECE'v1f'rograms in the modified phase.

Type *p
Press RETURN
Message J

60282700

1-4-25

Type *LffiEDT
Press RETURN
Message LIB
IN

If input is from paper tape:

Type *K, 12, P8
Press RETURN
If input is from magnetic tape:
Type *K, 16, P8

Press RETURN
5.

Type *p
Press RETURN
Action The system reads the tape
Message IN (if there is an *T at the end of the tape)

Type *K,I8
Press RETURN
Message IN

Type *N, file name of modified phase", B
Part 7.4. 3 lists FORTRAN 2. OA phase names
Part 7.5.3 lists 2. OB phase names
Press RETURN
Message IN

4.4.5 OBJECT LffiRARY MODIFICATION
1.

When a subroutine in the object time library needs to be changed, assemble or compile the
routine on a relocatable tape.

Type *p

Press RETURN
Message J

1-4-26

60282700

Type *LIBEDT
Press RETURN
Message LIB
IN

Type *L, routine entry point name
Entry point names are in 7.4.5.

They are the same for 2. OA and 2. OB

Press RETURN
Message IN

4.4.6 VERIFICATION OF INSTALLATION
1.

Ready the system for operation

Press AUTO LOAD on the 1738 disk controller

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

Message TIMER RJ
PP

Set the PROGRAM PROTECT switch

Type *
Press RETURN
Press the MANUAL INTERRUPT button on the teletypewriter
Message MI

Type

Press RETURN
Message J
8.

Ready the released FORTRAN verification deck in the card reader; ready the unit

Type *V, 11

Press RETURN
Message OPTIONS
10.

Type LX
Press RETURN
Message FORTRAN IS INSTALLED

60282700

1-4-27

MASS STORAGE FORTRAN 2.0B

5.1

RELEASE DESCRIPTION

5.1. 1 NEW FEATURES
This product is not updated with the MSOS 3.0 release

5.1.2 CORRECTIONS
None

5.1.3 KNOWN LIMITATIONS
If superfluous information is included on an END line, the program is terminated but no diagnostic
is given.

No check is made on the parameter type of the arguments of the intrinsic functions, the external
functions, or the statement functions.

5.1. 4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES
The floating point package does not round properly on FW. d format.
Runaway diagnostics result if the EQUIVALENCE table overflows.
Execution diagnostic 13 is repeated continually.

See PSR 528 in Summary 30.

See PSR 529 in Summary 30.

Execution diagnostic 5 is not given, but after writing an END FILE, succeeding READ and WRITE
requests to that unit are ignored. See PSR 527 in Summary 30.

60282700

1-5-1

5.2

REQUIREMENTS

To install Mass Storage FORTRAN 2.0B, the necessary release materials, hardware, and software
must be available. These requirements are listed below.

5.2.1 RELEASE MATERIALS

Magnetic Tape Version
One paper tape containing SELCOP and lOCAL
One installation magnetic tape
One installation verification program

Paper Tape Version
One paper tape containing SELCOP and lOCAL
Ten installation paper tapes
One installation verification program

Optional Tapes
One COSY source magnetic tape
Three list magnetic tapes

5. 2. 2 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
The minimum hardware configuration is 20K.

5.2.3 MEMORY REQUIREMENTS
Version 2. OB is designed to run in 24K.
Instructions

9800

Labeled common (data)

1649

Blank common

1236

Largest overlay

1-5-2

12,685

60282700

5.3

INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

MSOS 3.0 must already be installed.
The logical unit numbers must be:
lun 8 for mass storage device
lun 6 for magnetic tape device
lun 2 for paper tape reader with the standard install materials
1.

Type *LIBEDT
Press RETURN
Message LIB
IN

If using magnetic tape:

Mount the installation magnetic tape on the magnetic tape device

Set the unit select wheel to 0 (LUN 6)

Press LOAD

Press READY

Type *V, 06
Press RETURN
Message IN

If using paper tape:

Mount paper tape 1 (phase A1) on paper tape reader (LUN 2)

Press READY MASTER CLR

Type *V,02
Press RETURN
Message IN

Place next tape in paper tape reader

Press READY MASTER CLR

Type *V, 02
Press RETURN
Continue with step d until all tapes are read.

The following output appears on the standard list device during the installation of FORTRAN 2. OB.
When paper tape is used, *K, 12, P8 appears instead of *K, 16, P8.

60282700

I-5-3

*K, 16. P8
IN
*p
FTN
GOA
CFIVOC
CKNAME
CNVT
CONY
DIAG
EXP9
FLOAT
GETC
GETF
GETSYM
GPUT
IGETCF
IOPRBA
PACK
Q8PRMS
RDLABL
STORE
SYMBOL
ENDDO
GNST
OPTION
OUTENT
PHASEA
PLABEL
STCHAR
TYPE
LOCLAl
DUMYA1
Q8QBDS
ENDLOC

25EA
2CAO
23E4
2D42
2D52
2D90
2DC3
2E53
2FOO
304A
3075
336D
33A6
33CF
33E8
3684
36A9
36BA
3708
3736
37DD
38DE
3A81
3AC1
3AF5
3FD4
402A
405C
4259
4316
437D
437D

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, FORTAl", B
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN

1-5-4

60282700

FTN
GOA
CFIVOC
CKNAME
CNVT
CONY
DIAG
EXP9
FLOAT
GETC
GETF
GETSYM
GPUT
IGETCF
IOPRBA
PACK
Q8PRMS
RDLABL
STORE
SYMBOL
ENDDO
GNST
OPTION
OUTENT
PHASEA
PLABEL
STCHAR
TYPE
LOCLA2
DUMYA2
BYEQPR
CHECKF
COMNPR
CONSUB
DATAPR
DIMPR
EXRLPR
FGETC
FORK
PEQVS
PRNTNM
SUBPPR
SYMSCN
TYPEPR
ENDLOC

25EA
2CAO
2CE4
2D42
2D52
2D90
2DC3
2E53
2FOO
304A
3075
336D
33A6
33CF
33E8
3684
36A9
36BA
3708
3736
37DD
38DE
3A81
3AC1
3AF5
3FD4
402A
405C
4259
4316
437D
456F
460F
46A5
472C
48BC
4A43
4AA1
4ACO
4C37
5016
50A3
5163
517F
5196

60282700

1-5-5

*K,18
IN
*N, FORTA2" , B
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN
*p
FTN
GOA
CFIVOC
CKNAME
CNVT
CONY
DlAG
EXP9
FLOAT
GETC
GETF
GETSYM
GPUT
IGETCF
IOPRBA
PACK
Q8PRMS
RDLABL
STORE
SYMBOL
ENDDO
GNST
OPTION
OUTENT
PHASEA
PLABEL
STCHAR
TYPE
LOCLA3
DUMYA3
ARAYSZ
ASEMPR
ASGNPR
BDOPR
CHECKF
CKIVC
CONSUB
CPLOOP
DATAPR

1-5-6

25EA
2CAO
2CE4
2D42
2D52
2D90
2DC3
2E53
2FOO
304A
3075
336D
33A6
33CF
33E8
3684
36A9
36BA
3708
3736
37DD
38DE
3A81
3AC1
3AF5
3FD4
402A
405C
4259
4316
437D
43E7
4591
45D7
4711
47B1
47C1
4848
48ED

60282700

FGETC
FORK
ERBPR
MODMXR
PUNT
ENDLOC

4A7D
4A9C
4C13
4C66
50BD
50F5

*K,I8
IN
*N, FORTA3, , , B
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN
*p

FTN
GOA
CFIVOC
CKNAME
CNUT
CONY
DIAG
EXP9
FLOAT
GETC
GETF
GETSYM
GPUT
IGETCF
IOPRBA
PACK
Q8PRMS
RDLABL
STORE
SYMBOL
ENDDO
GNST
OPTION
OUTENT
PHASEA
PLABEL
STCHAR
TYPE
LOCLA4
DUMYA4
ARITH
SUBSCR

60282700

25EA
2CAO
2CEA
2D42
2D52
2D90
2DC3
2E53
2FOO
304A
3075
336D
33A6
33CF
33E8
3684
36A9
36BA
3708
3736
37DD
38DE
3A81
3AC1
3AF5
3FD4
402A
405C
4259
4316
437D
49EF

1-5-7

TREE
ENDLOC

4CAD
5lAI

IN
*K,18
IN
*N, FORTA4, •• B
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN
*p

FTN
GOA
CFIVOC
CKNAME
CNVT
CONY
DIAG
EXP9
FLOAT
GETC
GETF
GETSYM
GPUT
IGETCF
IOPRBA
PACK
Q8PRM~

RDLABL
STORE
SYMBOL
ENDDO
GNST
OPTION
OUTENT
PHASEA
PLABEL
STCHAR
TYPE
LOCLA5
DUMYA5
BDOPR
CKIVC
IOSPR
ENDLOC

25EA
2CAO
2CE4
2D42
2D52
2D90
2DC3
2E53
2FOO
304A
3075
336D
33A6
33CF
33E8
3684
36A9
36BA
3708
3736
37DD
38DE
3A81
3AC1
3AF5
3FD4
402A
405C
4259
4316
437D
44B7
44C7
4B69

1-5-8

60282700

*K,I8
IN
*N, FORTA5" , B
IN
*K, I6, P8
IN
*p
FTN
GOB
CNVT
DUMMY
FCMSTK
GETSYM
IOPRBB
KCPART
KOUTPT
KPCSTK
KPC3PR
KSYMGN
LABKPC
LABLER
PUNT
Q8PRMS
STORE
SYMBOL
TSALOC
ARAYSZ
ASSEM
BANANA
BGINDO
END
ENTCOD
HELEN
INXRST
NOPROC
PHASEB
READIR
SUBFUN
SYMSCN
ACP
AFIDL
ASUPER
CGOTO
FINK
INTRAM
PARTSB
SUBPRl

60282700

25EA
2CFA
2DIO
2D4E
2E33
2EBC
2EF5
347D
34AE
34CO
387B
3893
38DB
38EF
390D
3923
3934
3962
3A05
3A90
3AFA
3B61
3C24
3D2D
3D75
3EIE
3F75
3F89
3FBA
440F
4467
44CE
44EA
4930
498A
4A40
4A9B
4B50
4D29
4DCB

1-5-9

SUBPR2
SUBPR3
ARITHR
ENDLOC

4E09
4E96
4EDD
509B

*K,I8
IN
*N, FOR TEl, • , B
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN
*p
FTN
GOC
BKDWN
BLDUP
BSS
CHKWD
CHOP
CL12
CON
COUNT
DATAST
GETSYM
INOUT
IOPRBC
IXOPT
LABEL
LA BIN
PHASEC
Q8PRMS
QXLD
REED
SKIP
SYMSCN
ENDLOC

25EA
31EO
31F8
3257
329A
32B8
342C
3640
36F9
3730
3747
37EE
3892
3901
47AC
48E6
4908
496E
4CB8
4CC9
4D59
4DB6
4EOC

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, FORTC1, , , B
IN
*K, I6, P8
IN

1-5-10

60282700

*p
FTN
GOOD
AMOUT
ADMAX
BE GINO
BKDWN
COUNT
FINISH
GETSYM
lACON
IHCON
INDEX
IOPRBD
LABOUT
NP20UT
NPUNCH
NWRITE
PACK
PHASE6
Q8PRMS
RBDX
RBPK
SYMSCN
TABDEC
UNPUNC
ENDLOC

25EA
31EO
3203
37C8
39C6
3AD6
3B3F
3B56
3CC5
3D69
3DC1
3DEE
3EOA
43B7
4496
44C5
4601
463C
4667
4703
4714
4750
477A
4796
481A
4S30

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, FORTD1, , , B
IN
*K, I6, P8
IN
*p
FTN
GOE
AMOUT
ADMAX
BE GINO
BKDWN
CONY
COUNT
FINISH
GETSYM
lACON

60282700

25EA
31EO
3203
37D7
39D5
3B16
3B7F
3BBS
3BCF
3D3E
3DE2

1-5-11

*L, Q8ERRM
IN
*L,Q8DFNF
IN
*L, Q8QX
IN
*L, Q8QUN1
IN
*L,Q8FGET
IN
*L, Q8MAGT
IN
*L, Q8QBCK
IN
*L, lOCK
IN
*L,Q8PSE
IN
*L,Q8PAND
IN
*L, Q8EXP9
IN
*L, Q8EXPI
IN
*L, Q8AB
IN
*L, SIGN
IN
*L,EXP
IN
*L, SQRT
IN
*L,ALOG
IN
*L, TANH
IN
*L, SIN
IN

1-5-12

60282700

IHCON
INDEX
IOPRBD
LABOUT
NP20UT
NPUNCH
NWRITE
PACK
PHASE6
Q8PRMS
RBDX
RBPK
SETPRT
SYMSCN
TABDEC
UNPUNC
ENDLOC

3E3A
3E66
3E82
442F
4541
4579
46B5
46FO
471B
47B7
47C8
4805
482F
49A9
49C5
4A41
4A57

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, FORTE1, , , B
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN
*L, FTN
IN
*L,Q8IFRM
IN
*L,Q8FS
IN
*L,Q8TRAN
IN
*L, FLOT
IN
*L, Q8QINI
IN
*L,Q8QEND
IN
*L, Q8CMP1
IN
*L,Q8RWBU
IN

60282700

1-5-13

*L,ATAN
IN
*L,QSAVE
IN
*L,IFALT
IN
*L,Q8FX
IN

*L, Q8PREP
IN
*U
Type:

Press:

RETURN

Message:

5.4

ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES

See the additional procedures described under the Mass Storage FORTRAN 2. OA additional procedures
in part I, section 4.4. These procedures include:
Section
Loading and calling SELCOP
4.4.1
Building a Mass Storage FORTRAN 2.0A or 2. OB Installation tape

4.4.2

Construction of object library

4.4.3

Phase modification

4.4.4

Object library modification

4.4.5

Verification

4.4.6

1-5-14

60282700

SYSTEM CHECKOUT 1.0

6.1

RELEASE DESCRIPTION

6.1.1 NEW FEATURES
The 1.0 version of System Checkout is the first release; therefore, there are no new features for the
3.0 release of MSOS.

6.1.2 CORRECTIONS
None

6. 1. 3 KNOWN LIMITA TIONS
The following module must be modified to use System Checkout with MSOS 3.0:
Label

Address

C03RD

DCKI

I=lu H=lu

DELI

87,88

EXT

EFILE, LOADSD, JOBENT, JOBPRO, PROTEC

EXT

JPLOAD, JPCHGE, JPT13, LIBEDT

EXT

RESTOR, RCOVER, BRKPT, SELF, LOGGER

DELI

488

ADC

EFILE, LOADSD

DELI

492

ADC

JOBPRO, JPLOAD, JPCHGE, JPT13

ADC

RESTOR

DELI

494

ADC

PROTEC, LIBEDT, RCOVER, BRKPT, SELF

ADC

LOGGER

AC3JBT

60282700

I-6-1

6.1.4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES
None

6.2

REQUIREMENTS

6.2.1 RELEASE MATERIALS
Magnetic Tal'e Version
One installation tape
Paper Tape Version
Six installation tapes
Optional Tapes
One COSY source magnetic tape
One list magnetic tape

6.2.2 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
The minimum hardware configuration is the same as for MSOS 3.0, listed in part I, section 1. 2. 2.

6.2.3 MEMORY REQUIREMENTS
System Checkout 1.0 uses no more than 500 words of core memory.

6.3

INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

6.3.1 LOADING DURING INITIALIZATION
1.

Assign the next two available mass memory system directory ordinals to SYSCOP and SYSSEG
(under which the System Checkout programs will be loaded). As an example, 19 and 20 are used
as system ordinals for SYSCOP and SYSSEG in this section.
*YM, SYSCOP, 19, SYSSEG, 20

1-6-2

60282700

Remove the *S, SYSCOP, 7FFF statement from the beginning of tape.

Load the SYSCOP program after the 19th *M; load C01ST, C02ND, C03RD, and COLAST after the
20th *M.

Set COBOPS and/or COBOPL as entry points.
COBOPS is the starting sector of a block of mass memory on which the COBOP program will write
the failed image. If unpatched, COBOPS,is assumed to be $3D29 which allows a 32K image to be
written on the highest sectors of an 853 disk. Because this block may be part of scratch, do not
use scratch while SYSCOP is running or if the image is to be saved.
COBOPL is the length of transfer by COBOP. Set it according to the core size of the system.
System Size

COBOPL

16K
20K
24K
28K
32K

$3FFF
$4FFF
$5FFF
$6FFF
$7FFF assumed if unpatched

Set COBOPS and/or COBOPL entry points in one of the following ways.
Use a core resident program (*L program) which was loaded prior to SYSCOP, C01ST, C02ND,
C03RD, and COLAST,
or
use the *S statement. Using the *S statement, the following example reflects a 28K system with
the failed image to be written starting at sector $2000:
*s, COBOPL, 6FFF
*S, COBOPS, 2000

60282700

1-6-3

Load COBOP using the following information:
COBOP must be loaded under an *L (core resident program) before loading C01ST, C02ND,
C03RD, and COLAST.
COBOP requires $3A of core memory.
COBOP can only be used with an 853/854 disk assigned to equipment code 3 on the A-Q channel.
Externals COBOPS and COBOPL may be unpatched.

Load SYSCOP using the following information:
Load SYSCOP under the SYSCOP ordinal.
SYSCOP requires $17E locations of allocatable core during execution.
COBOPS may be unpatched.
Schedule the SYSCOP ordinal at priority level 3 (MIPRO' may be used) in step 7 of 6. 4.1.

Load C01ST, C02ND, C03RD, and COLAST considering the following:
Load C01ST through COLAST under the SYSSEG ordinal so that C01ST is first and COLAST is last.
FMASK and/or NDISP mayor may not be unpatched, depending on the configuration.
Load SYSCOP after the following programs:
TRVEC
NIPROC
NMONI
NFNR
DRCORE
PARAME
ALVOL
NCMPRQ
NDISP or RDISP
COMMON
MINT
COBOP

1-6-4

60282700

The sample format for inserting the information specified in steps 1 through 7 is:
S1
*Y.

*YM.

*YM,SYSCOP, 19, SYSSEG,20

*S, COBQPS, 2000
*S, COBOPL, 6FFF

*L
LOCORE

0000
(Monitor Modules)

COBOP

hhhh

(19th *M)
SYSCOP

hhhh

(20th *M)
C01ST

hhhh

C02ND

hhhh

C03RD

hhhh

COLAST

hhhh

1-6-5

After loading, use LIBEDT to set the system request priorities to four as in the following example
based on the information in step 8.
Message J
Type *LIBEDT
Press RETURN
Message LIB
IN

Type *8,19,4, M
Press RETURN
Message IN
Type *S, 20,4, M
Press RETURN
Message IN

Sample System Initializer Typeout
81
*S, MAXCOR, 6FFF
Q
*8, SECTOR, 3E7F
Q
*S, COBOPL, 6FFF:'
Q
*S. COBOPS, 2000

Q
*1,3
Q
*C,7
Q
*V
ERROR

Q
*L
TIMER RJ
PP
*
MI

*LIBEDT
LIB
IN
*V,6
IN

1-6-6

60282700

TIMER RJ
PP

=8019,3
SELECT OPTION
System Initialization Typeout

*S,COBOPS,2000
*S,COBOPL,6FFF
*S,SYSLVL,5245
*S,DTIMER.7FFF
*S,ONE,7FFF
*S,TWO,7FFF
*S,THREE,7FFF
*S,WDADR,l
*YM,EFILE,l
*YM,LIBEDT,2
*YM,LOADSD,3
*YM,JOBENT,4
*YM.JOBPRO,5
*YM,PROTEC,6
*YM, ,)PLOAD, 7
*YM,JPCHGE,A
*YM,JPTl3,9
*YM,MIPRO,lO
*YM,RESTOR,11
*YM,ODE8UG,12
*YM,RCOVER,13
*YM,BRKPT,14
*YM,SELF,15
*YM,LOGGER,16
*YM,SYSCOP,17,SYSSEG.18
*L
LOCORE
LOCORE
COPYRIGHT CONTROL
SYSBUF
DECEMBER 31, 1970
DECEMHER 31. 1970
TRVEC
DECEMRER 31. 1970
DRCORE
DECEMHER 31. 1970
NIPROC
EFILE
*M
DECEMHER 31, 1970
EF
*M
UREDT
DECEMBER 31. 1970
UBEDl
SCHEDU
*L
SCHEDU
DECEMF:!ER 31. 1970
NDISP
DECEMBER 31, 1970
NCMPRQ
DECEMBER 31. 1970
NFNR
DECEMBER 31. 1970
DECEMBER 31. 1970
ADEV
COBOP
COPYRIGHT CONTROL

60282700

DATA CORP. 1970 0000
REV.l
01C9
REV.l
06F2
REV.l
07lE
REV.l
08SE
REV.l

0001

REV.l

0006

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
DATA CORP. 1970

08DC
0986
09C2
09F3
OASD
OC3n

1-6-7

LOADSD
LOAD
DECEMBER
BRANCH
DECEMBER
LIDRIV
DECEMBER
LCDRIV
DECHH3ER
LMORIV
DECEMAER
LLDRIV
DECEMBER
SCAN
DECEMBER
CHPU
DECEMBER
ADJOVF
DECEMBER
CONVRT
DECEMFlER
TABSCH
DECEMBER
TABSTR
DECEMBER
LSTOUT
DECEMHER
LINKI
DECEMHER
LINK2
DECEMFlER
COREXT
DECEMI-lER
DPRADD
DECEMBER
LOADER
DECEMBER
NAMPRO
DECEMBER
RBDBZS
DECEMBER
ENTEXT
DECEMBER
XFRPRO
DECEMBER
HEXPRO
DECEMBER
EOLPRO
DECEMBER
ADRPRO
DECEMBER
*L
ALCORE
ALCORE
DECEMBER
ALVOL
DECEMBER
OFVOL
DECEMBER
PARAME
DECEMBER
COMMON
DECEMBER
NEPROC
DECEt-1BER
NMONI
DECEMI:IER
DECEMljER
RW
MAKQ
DECEMBER
MINT
DECE~8ER
·~M
JORENT
DECEMBER
JORENT
DECEMBER
TIl
DECEMBER
T7
DECE'J1HER
TS

REV. 1
REV.1
REV.l
REV. 1
REV.l
REV.1
REV.l
REV.1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV. 1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV.1
REV.1
REV.l
REV.1
REV. 1
REV.1
REV.l
REV. 1
REV.l

0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039

31,
31,
31,
31,
31,
31,
31,
31.
31,
31,

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV.I
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV. 1

OC77
0021
OD3E
OD4A
ODA8
ODBF
OE23
OE65
OF22
OF49

31.
31.
31.
31.
31.

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.l
REV. 1
REV.l
REV. I
REV.1

OOSA
OOSA
OOSA
OOSA
OOSA

DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.l

OOSF

DECEMHER 31, 19"(0 REV.l
DECEMBER 31. 1910 REV.1

0064
0064

DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l

006F

DECEMHER 31. 1970 REV.l
DECE"1BER 31. 1970 REV.I

0074
0074

DECEMRER 31. 19"(0 REV.l

0078

DECEM8ER 31, 1970 REV.l

0070

JORPRO
JOB PRO
PRO TEe

*M
PROTEC
JBKJLL

JPLOAr)

*M
JPLOAD

JPCHGE
JPCHGE
ASCHEX
JPTl3

*M
TI3

MIPRO

*M
MIPRO

1-6-8

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

DECEt'~BER

31,
31.
31,
31.
31.
31.
31,
31.
31,
31.
31.
31,
31,
31.
31,
31,
31,
31.
31.
31,
31,
31,
31,
31,
31,

60282700

RESTOR

*M
RESTOR

DECEMHER 31. 1970 REV.l

0080

DECD1BER 31. 1970 REV.l

0083

DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER

31.
31,
31.
31.

1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l

OOA5
OOA5
00A5
00A5

DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMHER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DEC 011:3 ER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMHER
OECEMBER

31.
31.
31.
31.
31,
31,
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.
31.

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

REV. 1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l

OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
QOAE
OOAE
QOAE
QOAE
OOAE
QOAE
QOAE
OOAE
OOAE

DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l

OOBC

DECEMBER 31, 1910 REV.l
SYS CHECKOUT
SYSCOP

00C1

ODERUG

*M
ODEBUG

RCOvER

;~·M

RCOVER
OUTSEL
DMPCOR
MASOMP
BRKPT

*M
BRKPTD
BIASCI
SIFT
RETJMP
JUMPTO
ENTER
ENTCOR
PRTREG
SETBRP
TERMIN
DMPCOR
MASDMP
RESUME
*M

r~EV .1

SFLF
SELFS

LOGGER
LOGA

00C4

*M
C01ST
C02ND
C03RD
COLAST
*S.FMASK.7FFF
MASDRV
*L
MASDRV
DECEMBER 31,
513001
DECEMBER 31.
MASS MEMORY DRIVERS
*M
513002
DECEMBER 31,
*S,MI713R.S
*M
513003
DECE~~RER 31.
*S.Ml713P,S
*M
PRT40
DECEMBER 31.
*S,MAS501,S
*M
DR1728
DECEMBER 31.
*S,MAS2A,S
*M
CD1729
DECEMBER 31.
*S,MAS292.S
*M
DECEMBER 31,
CR405

60282700

OOCS

ooca
ooca
00C8
1970 REV.l
1970 REV.l

OFFF
1493

1970 REV.l

OOFA

1970 REV.l

OOFD

1970 REV.l

0100

1970 REV. 1

0106

1970 REV. 1

0110

1970 REV.l

0115

1-6-9

*S,MAS40S,S
*M
DR1132
*S,MAS32,S
*M
PUN CDR
*S,TP1711,S
*M
PTREAO
*S,TR1711,S
*L
TAPEDR
FRWA
FRWB
RWBA
RECOVT
TAPE
DISKWD
SPACE
*S,MAS31,7FFF
*5, TI VALU, 1FFF
*S,ABUFAL,1FFF
*S,SNAPE,7FFF
*S,PARITY,7FFF
*5,IPROCI,1FFF
*S,T30,1FFF
*5,T29,7FFF
*S,T28,7FFF
*S,T21,7FFF
*S,T2ft,,7FFF
*S,T2S,1FFF
*S,T24,7FFF
*S,T23,7FFF
*S,T22,1FFF
*S,T2lt7FFF
*S,T20,7FFF
*5,Tl9,7FFF
*S,Tl8,7FFF
*S,Tl1,7FFF
*S,Tl6,1FFF
*S,Tl3,7FFF
*S,Tll,1FFF
*S,T8,1FFF
*S,T1,1FFF
*S,TS,7FFF
*S,T3,1FFF
*5,DEAUG,7FFF
*5, TI MACK, 7FFF
*F
VRFCTN
*T

DECEMAER 31, 1910 REV.l

0119

DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.1

0124

DECEMBER 31, 1910 REV.I

0127

DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMI:IER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER

1612
1731
1806
1909
198F
lAIE
lA2C
IBE9

31.
31.
31,
31.
31,
31,
31,
31,

1910
1910
1970
1970
1970
1910
1970
1970

REV.1
REV.1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV.l
REV.1
REV.l

016F

1-6-10

60282700

*S,4,1,M

IN
*S,S,2,M

IN
*S,6,3,M

IN
*S,7,2,M

IN
*S,8,2,~

IN
*S,9,2,M

IN
*S,lO,2,M

*S,12,3,M

*S,16,3,M

60282700

I-6-11

6.3.2 LOADING AFTER INITIALIZATION
The mass memory modules may be updated after initialization by using the *M instruction in LIBEDT.
To do so, perform the following instructions during initialization.
Assign ordinals (step 1).
Set COBOPS and COBOPL entry points (step 3).
Load COBOP, since it is core resident (step 4).
Noting that both SYSCOP and COLAST must be followed by an *T if the input device is magnetic tape,
continue after initialization with the following procedures.
1.

Type *LIBEDT
Press RETURN
Message LIB
IN

Type *K, Ilu
lu contains the relocatable binaries of the mass memory modules
Press RETURN
Message IN

Type *M, 19, ,M, N
Press RETURN
SYSCOP is loaded
Message IN

Type *M, 20" M, N
Press RETURN
COlST, C02ND, C03RD, and COLAST are loaded
Message IN

1-6-12

60282700

6.4

ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES

6.4.1 USER INSTRUCTIONS
Be sure that COBOP is intact before using the following procedures to check for system status or for
system malfunctioning.

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

Clear all registers except the A and Q registers

Set the P register to the starting address of COBOP

Set the SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set the RUN/STEP switch to RUN

When the machine stops, select the Q register to examine core data as explained in part III,
section 5.1If FFFF appears on the push button register, the hardware malfunctioned.
6.

Repeat steps 1 through

If 0000 appears on the push button register, restart the system.

To schedule SYSCOP:
Press the mannual interrupt button on the teletypewriter
Message MI
Type SYSCOP
Press RETURN

Message SELECT OPTION

SYSCOP may be rerun as often as necessary on the same image if the area on which the failed
image is written is not destroyed. Respond with one of the following five options which will
remain in effect until the DUMP routine is executed:

Option

Action

Significance

Type *Z

To release package; no further input is necessary
but the package may be rescheduled.

Press RETURN
Message FINISH SYSCOP

60282700

I-6-13

Option

Action

Significance

Type 0

To transfer control to DUMP routine

Press RETURN
Message DUMP
Type one of the following

To exit from the package

To repeat the SYSCOP package beginning with step 8

*Dxxxx,yyyy

To dump cells xxxx to cells yyyy from the failed
image; DUMP appears as a message to request
the next input or if invalid data is typed

Press RETURN

Return to step 8

Type 1

To print error messages only on list logical unit;
return to step 8

Press RETURN
4

Type 2
Press RETURN
Type 3

Press RETURN

To print errors plus supporting messages on
list logical unit; return to step 8
To print errors and all supporting messages on
list logical unit; return to step 8

Loading Example
The failed image has already been written on mass memory by COBOP for the following verification of
correct loading after the scheduling of SYSCOP:
Typeout/Printout

Significance

SYSCOP START

Output on list lu; indicates SYSCOP is scheduled
and has begun

IMAGE START SECTOR IS 2000
SELECT OPTION

Appears on comment logical unit

User types to transfer control to DUMP routine

DUMP

Appears on comment logical unit

User types to repeat the SYSCOP package

SELECT OPTION

Appears on comment logical unit

User types to request printing of error messages
errors, if any

1-6-14

Errors appear on list logical unit

60282700

Typeout/Printout

Significance

SELECT OPTION

Appears on comment logical unit

User types to release package

FINISH SYSCOP

Appears on list logical unit; package is complete;
core is released

Printout Examples
Option 1:
***SYSTEM DIRECTORY .ERROR
INDEX 000 F HAS INVLAID REQ PRI 0004
INDEX 0001 TOO LONG FOR REQ PRI 0000
INDEX 0014 TOO LONG FOR REQ PRI 0004

Option 2:
A
Q
I
REGISTER
0000
0000
1 F A2
PRI L VL WAS 0000
LU 04 CURRENT PARA LIST AT 21F5
RC 0800
C
0000
TH FFFF
LU 1004
N
0010
S
208B
I/O IN PROGRESS
RETURN FOR FNR WAS 14E3
RETURN FOR CMR WAS 1555
LAST ENTRY TO BE SCHEDULED
0360/ 12AA
OD25 0364
0091
THERE WERE 0000 OF THE 0101 VOLATILE WORDS ASSIGNED
ALLOCA T ABLE CORE MAP

60282700

1-6-15

INDEX START LNGTH THRD DUMP
0002
1E56
0144
1E58
C8FE
6C22
OOOA
1 F9A
041 C
1 F9C
C8FE
6400
EMPY 23B6
064A
FFFF
C8FE
6400
***SYSTEM DIRECTORY ERROR
INDEX OOOF HAS INVALID REQ PRI
0004
INDEX 0001 TOO LONG FOR REQ PRI 0000
INDEX 0014 TOO LONG FOR REQ PRI 0004
SYSTEM NOT SWAPPED
JP WAS IN CORE
FILE1 FILE 2 FILE3 FILE4 LOADR BP
1E58
1F9C
0000
0000
0000
0000
JP LOCKED OUT FOR LIBEDT OR RECOVERY

40FF
OABB
OABC

0822
OBOO
0814

0927
5800
B032

A
Q
I
REGISTER
0000
0000
1 FA2
MAX CORE WAS 6FFF WITH 2AOO TO 6FFE UNPROT
MAXSEC WAS
00003E7F
MAX CORE WAS 6FFF WITH 2AOO TO 6FFE UNPROT
MAXSEC WAS
00003E7F
PRI LVL WAS 0000
LINE
01 LAST INTERRUPTED 21FD
LINE
04 LAST INTERRUPTED 0422
LINE
05 LAST INTERRUPTED 2220
LINE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
LEVEL F A D B 9 A 6 6 9 9 D D 6 6 6 6
LINE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
LEVEL F A D B 9 A 6 6 9 9 D D 6 6 6 6
INTRPT STACK LEVEL
-1
LU
04 CURRENT PARA LIST AT 21F5
0800
RC
0000
C
TH
FFFF
LU 1004
0010
N
S
208B
I/O IN PROGRESS
RETURN FOR FNR WAS 14E3
RETURN FOR CMR WAS 1555
NUM OF SCHEDL STACK ENTRIES WAS 18
NUM OF SCHEDL CALLS STACKED WAS 00
LAST ENTRY TO BE SCHEDULED
0360/
12AA
OD25
0364
0091
THERE WERE 0000 OF THE 0101 VOLATILE WORDS ASSIGNED
ALLOCA TABLE CORE MAP
INDEX START LNGTH THRD DUMP
0002
1E56
0144
1E58
C8FE
6C22
40FF
0822
OOOA
1F9A
041C
1F9C
C8FE
6400
OABB
OBOO
EMPY 23B6
064A
FFFF
C8FE
6400
OABC
0814

0927
5800
B032

Option 3:

1-6-16

60382700

SYSTEM CONFIGURATOR 1.0

7.1

RELEASE DESCRIPTION

7.1.1 NEW FEA TURES
•

System definitions and skeletons have been modified and are available with the MSOS 3.0
release. This update makes it possible to configure all software available with MSOS 3. O.

•

New device capabilities are:
1777 reader/punch
1751 drum
1731 buffered magnetic tape
1726-405 buffered card reader
1572/1573 timer

•

All drivers have mass memory capabilities.

•

Encode/decode and re-entrant and non-re-entrant FORTRAN are available for configuration.

•

Logical units no longer need to be in interrupt line order.

•

MASDRVand DBLDRV are customized according to the user's specifications.

7.1. 2 CORRECTIONS
None

7.1. 3 KNOWN LIMITATIONS
1.

Logical unit numbers input on control statements must be in decimal and must be valid unit
numbers for the system. SYSCON attempts to use any decimal number in the range of 1-127;
thus, invalid unit numbers will cause SYSCON to terminate with a system J02 error.

The restriction described in the first item above is also true for INPUT FROM LOGICAL UNIT
parameter phrases associated with the INSERT components.

60282700

1-7-1

A comma must follow the component name even though no parameters are specified.

The System Configurator requires a special version of SPA CE which is released on the
System Configurator COSY source tape. As released, the system definitions and skeletons
are correct. However, if any further modifications to the configurator are necessary, the
following code must be added to the System Configurator COSY source tape.

SPACE

OCKI
DELI
NAM
INSI
EXT
DELI
LOA
DELI
SAZ
INSI
JMP*

I=6,H=7
1

SPACE

CUSTOMIZED FOR MSOS 3.0

SYSLVL
91

ALCLGH,Q
152

SETDIR
156

SETDIR

*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************

*
*
*
*

EXT
EXT
EXT
EQU
EQU

JOBENT
UREDT
PROTEC
FOUR($25)
SYOIR($ER)

SPC

SPC 5
THIS SEQUENCE OF CODE SETS THE PRIORITY FOR JOBENT
TO FORCE IT INTO THE CORRECT AREA OF ALLOCATABLE CORE
IT ALSO SETS THE LIMITS OF SYSTEM DIRECTORY READS FOR
THE PROTECT PROCESSOR AND LIBEDT
SPC 5

******************************************************************************

*
SDJOB
SDUB
SDPRO

spr

ADC
A.DC
ADC
SPC

JOBENT
UBEDT
PROTEC
3

*********************************************************************

1-7-2

60282700

SPC 5
SETDIR LDQ- SYDIR
ADQ* SDJOB
ENA $10
SET PRIORITY
STA- (ZERO),Q
LDQ- SYDIR
ADQ* SDLIB SET LIMITS FOR INITIAL LOAD
LDA =N$441 OF LIBEDT TO THE REQUIER LENGTH.
RELEASE VALUE = $441
STA- (FOUR),Q
LDQ- SYDIR
ADQ* SDPRO SET LIMITS FOR INITIAL LOAD
LDA =N$310
OF PROTEC PROCESSOR TO REQUIRED LENGTH
STA- (FOUR),Q
RELEASE VALUE = $300
SPC 3
*
*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************
SPC 5
DELI 161
AND HQACK
DELI 165
LDQ TIQACK

INQ -1
ENABLE INTERRUPT
DELI 169,174
Tl572 LDA* STl572
LDQ TlQACK
OUT TMRRJT-*
START 1572 TIMER
INQ -1
LDA =XTlVALU
SET COUNTS VALUE
DELI 190.191
NUM $C
ADC SUMLVL
INSI 245
TIQACK ADC TIMACK
INSI 250
SUMLVL NUM $ODOA
ALF 7,SUMMARY LEVEL
ADC SYSLVL
NUM $ODOA
DELI 261,263
EQU MI ($lAf)
AREA 1
EOU M2(UBO)
AREA 2
EQU M3($310)
AREA 3
80 RECORDS TRANSFERRED

60282700

1-7-3

The system definitions and skeletons as released with MSOS 3.0 contains the engineering
file set up for the following logical unit order:
lu
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Device
Core allocator
1777 paper tape reader
1777 paper tape punch
1713 teletypewriter keyboard
Dummy
1731- 601 magnetic tape - unit
1731- 601 magnetic tape - unit
1738- 853 disk - unit 0
1740- 501 printer
1728-430 card reader
1729-2 card reader
501 FORTRAN line printer
1726-405 card reader
1732- 608 magnetic tape - unit
1732-608 magnetic tape - unit
1732- 609 magnetic tape - unit
1732- 609 magnetic tape - unit
1713 reader
1713 punch

0
1

2
3
4
5

If the engineering file needs to be changed follow the procedures in part II, section 1. 4:
then replace the module in the system by using the *M statement in LIBEDT.

7.1.4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES
None

7.2

REQUIREMENTS

7.2.1 RELEASE MATERIALS
Magnetic Tape Version
One installation tape
One tape containing system definitions and skeletons

1-7-4

60282700

Paper Tape Version
Twelve binary installation tapes
Fourteen paper tapes containing system definitions and skeletons

Optional Tapes
One COSY source magnetic tape
One list magnetic tape

7.2.2 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
The minimum hardware configuration is the same as for MSOS 3. O.
execution add the following hardware:

For optimum installation and

Either 2 1731-601 magnetic tape units or
2 1732-608 magnetic tape units
Either 1 1726-405 card reader or
1 1728-430 card reader or
1 1729-2 card reader and 1 1742-501 line printer
7. 2. 3 MEMORY REQUIREMENTS
A minimum of 3000 words of unprotected core is necessary to execute SYSCON.

7.3

INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

For installation of SYSCON:
mass storage device is LUN 8
paper tape reader is LUN 2
magnetic tape driver (if present) is LUN 6
All other logical units are dependent upon installation.

60282700

1-7-5

MSOS 3.0 must be installed
1.

Type *LIBEDT
Press RETURN
Message LIB
IN

If using magnetic tape,

Mount the installation magnetic tape on LU6, the magnetic tape device

When READY,
Type *K,I6
Press RETURN
Message IN
Type *V,6
Press RETURN
Message IN

If using paper tape,

Mount the first paper installation tape on LU2, the paper tape reader

Press CLEAR
Type *K,I2
Press RETURN
Message IN
Type *V,2
Press RETURN
Message IN

1-7-6

As the tape is used, the System Configurator is installed on the program library, and the
following appears on the standard print device:

60282700

IN
*L, CONFIG
IN
*K, 16, P8
IN
*P, F, GOCONF
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
GOlA
OPTCHK
INPREC
MESSGS
SCNOPT
INITAL
CONVRT
CONTRL
CORECT
INSINP
SCNREC
IN

B489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
372E
379A
38FA
3998
3A06
3AFD
3B76
3B98
3C06
3C1C

*K,18
IN
*N, CONFlA, , ,B
IN
*K,16
IN
*P,F,G01B
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
G01B
DEFINE
PARCHK
PAMCHK
PARTIT

60282700

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
3722
38E7
3916
3943

1-7-7

SEARCH
SCNREC
INPREC
CONTRL
VALPRO
VALCHK
PICKUP

3963
39BA
3A4D
3BAD
3BCF
3C1D
3D3C

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF1B", B
IN
*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G01C
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
GOlC
SYSDAT
SYSINS
INSINP
INCINS
GETCHR
STOCHR
WRTMMR
RDSKEL
INITCM
COMMNT
IN

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
371F
377C
37D6
37EC
37FF
381D
3845
387E
38A8
38E3

*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF1C", B
IN
*K,I6
IN

1-7-8

60282700

*P, F,G01D
CONFIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETlTM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
GOlD
SPECFl
PARCHK
BKCMVR
SPCPAR
SEARCH
SCNREC
CONTRL
INPREC
CORECK
CORECT
CONVRT
INSINP
IN

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
371F
38E2
3911
3970
39A3
39FA
3A8D
3AAF
3COF
3C2B
3099
3D12

*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF1D", B
IN
*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G01E
CONFIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETlTM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
G01E
SPECF2
PAMCH2
INSURT
INCINS
INSINP
SEARCH

60282700

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
371F
3823
38DA
397F
3992
39A8

1-7-9

CORECT
SCNREC
CONTRL
INPREC
CNVTNO
PICKUP

39FF
3A6D
3BOC
3B22
3C82
3CDS

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF1E, , ,B
IN
*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G01F
CONFIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
GOlF
VA RPRO
RNGCHK
SCNREC
CORECT
VALCHK
INPREC
CONTRL
CNVTNO
PICKUP
IN

3489
3498
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
3725
3823
390E
39A1
3AOF
3B2E
3C8E
3CBO
3D06

*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF1 F, , ,B
IN

*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G02
CONFIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM

1-7-10

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561

60282700

CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
002
PHASE2
EQUIVA
INSERT
DELETE
GETVAL
CVTNUM
GETNUM
REDREC
GETCHR
GNSCHR
STOCHB
DECASC
MMREAD
OUTREC
HICORE
INTREG
PICKUP
P2NAMl

365A
3698
36B9
371B
371F
379C
37D4
38AB
38E1
3985
39D8
39FA
3A4F
3A6D
3A7A
3AA2
3BOD
3B2E
3B3E
3B73
3D3D
3D4D

IN
*K,18
IN
*N, CONF2A, , ,B
IN
*K,16
IN
*P,F,002
CONFIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
G02
PHASE2
EQUIVA
DELETE
GETVAL
CVTNUM
GETNUM
REDREC
GETCHR
GNSCHR
STOCHR

60282700

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
371F
379C
37D4
380A
38AE
3901
3923
3978
3996
39A3

1-7-11

DECASC
MMREAD
OUTREC
MSKTBL
FTNLVL
SCHSTK
PICKUP
P2NAM2

39CB
3A36
3A57
3A67

3B65
3BEE
3C2B
3C3B

IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF2B, , , B
IN
*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G02
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
G02
PHASE2
EQUIVA
DELETE
GETVAL
CVTNUM
GETNUM
REDREC
GETCHR
GNSCHR
STOCHR
DECASC
MMREAD
OUTREC
LUTBLS
DGNTAB
PICKUP
P2NAM3
IN

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A

3561
365A

3698
36B9
371B
371F
379C
37D4
380A
38AE
3901
3923
3978
3996
39A3

39CB
3A36
3A57
3A67

3D06
3D48
3058

*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF2C", B
IN

1-7-12

60282700

*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G02
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
G02
PHASE2
EQUIVA
INSERT
DELETE
GETVAL
CVTNUM
GETNUM
REDREC
GETCHR
GNSCHR
STOCHR
DECASC
MMREAD
OUTREC
OUTLNN
FTNMSK
PRESET
PICKUP
P2NAM4
IN

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9
371B
371F
379C
37D4
38AB
38E1
3985
39D8
39FA
3A4F
3A6D
3A7A
3AA2
3BOD
3B2E
3B3E
3BE3
3COA
3C73
3C83

*K,18
IN
*N, CONF2D", B
IN
*K,16
IN
*P,F,G03A
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTOAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE

60282700

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A
3561
365A
3698
36B9

1-7-13

371B
G03A
PHASE3
371F
PACKAG 378C
INSPGM
37F1
DELPGM 38CA
OUTCRD 3905
XTCORE 397E
INPBIN
3992
OUTBIN
39E6
UNLOAD 3A43
GETVAL 3A84
CVTNUM 3B28
GETNUM 3B7B
GETCHR 3B9D
GNSCHR
3BBB
STOCHR
3BC8
BINASC
3BFC
PICKUP
3C3D
PAGEJT
3C4D
PRNTLN 3C5A
PACKLN 3C7B
NEWHDR 3CAF
STAPGM 3CE2
STAPCK
3D52
IN
*K,I8
IN
*N, CONF3A", B
IN
*K,I6
IN
*P,F,G03B
CON FIG
GOCONF
SCDKIO
ERROR
DCTCAS
GETITM
CALADR
INCPTR
GETFLE
G03B
INPBIN
GETVAL
CVTNUM
GETNUM
GETCHR

~-7-14

3489
349B
349D
34BF
351A

3561
365A

3698
36B9
371B
3722
3776
381A

386D
388F

60282700

GNSCHR
BINASC
PICKUP
PAGEJT
PRNTLN
PACKLN
OUTBIN
STAEND

38AD
38BA
3907
3917
3924
3945
3979
39D6

*K,18
IN
*N, CONF3B", B
IN
*U
4.

Message:

Type:

Press:

RETURN

Message:

System Configurator is installed.

7.4

ADDITION AL PROCEDURES

7.4.1 VERIFICATION OF INSTALLA TION
Description
The verification procedure demonstates that SYSCON is correctly installed. It exercises the
STATISTICS and CONVERSE options of SYSCON. The following procedure fully covers an optimum
as well as the minimum hardware configuration.
Requirements
MSOS must be installed, and the job processor must be in core.

60282700

1-7-15

Procedure
1.

If using a minimum system,

Mount the first paper tape containing SYSCON definitions and skeletons on LUN2

When LUN2 is ready, continue with step 2

If using a non-minimum system,

Mount the magnetic tape containing SYSCON definitions and skeletons on LUN6, the
magnetic tape device

When LUN6 is ready, continue with step 2

Type *p
Press RETURN
Message J

Type *CONFIG
Press RETURN
Message OPTIONS (STATISTICS, CONFIGURE, CONVERSE)

Type ST, CONY
Press RETURN
Teletypewriter paper advances

If using a minimum system,

Type *J,2
Press RETURN
If using a non-minimum system,

Type *J,6
Press RETURN
6.

SYSCON reads in the SYSCON system definitions and skeletons tape.

If using a minimum system, the following message appears:

Message UNLOAD SYSTEM DEFINITIONS, LOAD SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Remove the system definitions and skeletons paper tape from the paper tape reader.

1-7-16

60282700

The verification data set program is on the COSY source tape under the deck name VERIFY.
If a COSY source tape is not available, the verification data set program is as follows.
Transfer the program to either paper tape, cards, or magnetic tape. Place the verification
data set program on the input device to be used.

S Y S CON
11 E C K
FOR
V E R I F I C A T I o N
**
COPYRIGHT CONTROL DATA CORP. 1970
**
L J S T
S P E C I F I C 1'.1 T I o N
**
**
D E V I C E S
*5 y S T E M H A R D W A R E
**
INVALID COMPONENT--USED TO VERIFY CONVERSE OPTION
**
*+1703,
**
1777 READER/PUNCH
*+1777,
**
1711/1712 TELETYPE
*+1711,
**
173a DISK CONTROLLER WITH 853-4 DISK DRIVfS
*+173A/A53-4'
**
P R () G R !l M S
RES T [) E N T
FOR f G ROll N D
**
**
~SOS*3.0 MONT TOR
**
PRO G R A tvj S
FOR E G R 0 U N f)
RES I I) E N T
*M A 5 S
**
**
.JOB PROCESSOR WITH LOADER, LIBRARY EDIT, BREAKPOTNT, RECOVERY
*+J08 PROCESSOR,
**
**
:tp R 0 G RAM
PRO (; RAM 5
I BRA R Y
**
*+FTN RlJNTIMf LTBRnRY,
**
*TERMINATE

60282700

1-7-17

Type *I,lun
lun is the device to be used
Press RETURN

10.

SYSCON reads in the verification data set program. After several records are read in,
the following message appears:
Message ERROR,10,5

11.

Type **
Press RETURN

12.

Type *V
Press RETURN
SYSCON continues to read in the verification data set program until it is completely in.
Message J

13.

If the output is similar to that given in steps 14 and 16 or 15 and 16, SYSCON is installed
correctly.

14.

If the list device is other than the teletypewriter, the following is a sample of the printout
which appears on the list device.

OPTIONS (STATISTICS. CONFIGURE. CONVERSE)
1
S1.CONV
?

*Jd4

*Ttll

V E R I F I CAT ION
DEC K
FOR
COPYRI(,HT CONTROL DATA CORP. 1970
S P E C I F I CAT ION
LIS T
4

*S Y S T F ',1
H A ..., [) WAR E
D E V ICE S
**
**
Tt\JVIII ID COMPONENT--USEO TO VERIFY CONVERSE OPTION
*+1703.
10.
**

*+l771.

H
9
IO

1-7-18

S Y S CON

1777 READER/PllhCH

*;~
171111"712 TEl ETYPE
*+1711.
**
1738 DISK CONTROLLER WITH 851-4 DISK DRIVES
*+1738/853-4.

*C 0 R E
RESIDENT
**
MSOS*3.0 MONiTOR
**

FOR E G ROll N

PRO G R A

60282700

11
12

13
14

*+MONrTOR,
**
*M AS S
RES IDE N T
FOR E G R 0 UNO
PRO G R A Iv1 S
**
**
JOB PROCESSOR WITH LOADER, LIBRARY EDIT, BREAKPOINT. RECOVfRY
*+JOR PROCESSOR.
**
**
*p R 0 r, RAM
LIB R A R Y
PRO G RAM <;
**

In
15.

*+FTN RUNTIME LIBRARY,
**
*TfRMINATF

If the list device is the teletypewriter, information similar to the following appears on the

teletypewriter:
*CONFIG
OPTIONS (STATISTICS, CONFIGURE, CONVERSE)
ST, CONV
1
ST, CONV
*J,7
2

*J,7

*1,2

VERIFICATION DECK FOR SYSCON
SPECIFICATION LIST

**
*SYSTEM

HARDWARE

'i/
\

DEVICES

**
**
INVALID COMPONENT--USED TO VERIFY CONVERSE OPTION
*+1'703,
ERROR,
10,
5
5

*+1721,
6

**
1723/1724 PAPER TAPE PUNCH
*+1721,

60282700

1-7-19

16.

Data similar to the following appears on the list device after the information in steps

14 or 15.

SYSTEM STATISTICS
CORE RESIDENT FOREGROUND PROGRAMS
MONITOR PROGR~MS
TRVEC
44 P
DRcnRE
320 P
NIPROC
126 P
LlBEDT
EF
LlREDT

COMMON
NEPROC
NMONI
PARAME
ALVOL
OFVOL
NCMPRQ
NFNR
ALCORE
MINT
RW
MAK(~

ADEll
SCHEDU
NOIc.;P

0 0
0 D
0 D

ENGINEERING FILE
420
0 0
4R26 'P"'
0 D

0 C
0
0

C
C

~ND

23 P
100 P
66 P
q4 p

29
12
4Y
lOA
17()
lR2
lR9

flO

0 C

0 D

0 C

0 D
0 D

0 C

[)

0 C
0 C
0 C

P
P
P
P

0 D
0 0

0 D
0 D

0 C
0 c
0 C

0 D

3q P

480
170

0 C

p
p

0 0

0 D
0 D
0 D

()

0 C
0 C
0 C

0 C
0 C

6028:2,70Q

MASS RESIDENT FOREGROUND PROGRM4S
JOB PROCESSOR
301 P
LOAD
734 P
BRANCH
LIDRIV
94 P
45 P
LCDRIV
34 P
LMDRIV
LLDRIV
14 P
183 P
SCAN
CHPU
11 P
21 P
ADJOVF
CONVRT
24 P
TABSO-l
31 f.J
TABSTR
41 P
47 P
LSTOUT
29 P
LINKI
43 P
LlNK2
54 P
CORDT
DPRADD
?3 P
216 P
LOADER
NAMPRO
215 P
259 P
RBDRZS
134 P
ENTEXT
XFRPRO
21 P
HEXPRO
266 P
141 P
EOLPRO
ADRPRO
93 P
164 P
JORENT
42 p
TIl
119 p
T7
49 p
TS
47 P
13
,j08PRO
422 P
PROTEC
945 P
104 P
JRKILL
]R9 P
JPL.OAO
190 P
JPCHGE
ASCHEx
107 p
Tl3
422 w
RESTOR
216 P
337 P
RCaVER
OUTSEL
71 p
DMPCOR
173 P
MASDMP
245 P
19K P
E:!RKPTD
90 p
BIASeI
SIFT
141 f)
RET-lMP
23 P
JUMPTO
22 P
ENTER
22 P
ENTCOR
33 P
PRTREG
53 P
SETHRP
117 P
TERMIN
73 P
DMPCOR
131 P
MASDMP
241 P
195 P
RESUME

60282700

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

D
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
I)
0

0
0
() 0
I) 0
0 0
0 D
0 0
()

0 0
0 0
0 D
()

0 0
0 0
0 D
0 0
0 D
() 0

n D
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(J

D
D
D
D
D
0

D
D
D

0 0
0 I)

D
0 D
0 D
Il D
() D
()

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

D
0
D
0

D
0

0
0
0
0

C
C
C
C

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
() C
0 C

0 C
0 C

C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C

()

0 C
C
0 C
0 C
0 C
() C
0 ('
0 C
0 C
(l C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C

{)

0 C
0 C

C
C
0 C
()

()

C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

C
C

C
C
C

C
C

1-7-21

SELFS
LOGA

395 P
222 P

o 0
o D

o C
o C

CORE RESIDENT FOREGROUND PROGRAI"IS
1713 KEYBOARD
MASS RESIDENT DRIVERS
INPUT/OUTPUT nRIVERS
STCK
76 P
0 D
PTREAD
180 P
o D
PUNCDR
173 P
0 D
TELTYP
316 P
o D
() D
DISK
1114 P
SPACE

SPACE PROGRAM
1669 P

0 D

0 C

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C

PROGRAM LIBRARY PROGRAMS
FORTRAN RUNTIME
Q8EXPN
15"7 P
Q8PRMS
If> P
Q8A8
1"7 fJ
IFALT
22 p
SIGN
36 P
9A P
FXFL
EXPPRG
If, 1 p
SQRTF
92 f-'
llh P
LNlJPRG
TANH
III P
199 P
SINCOS
ARCTPG
149 P
563 P
FLOAT
Q8QINI
202 P
Q8QEND
24 P
Q8CMP
191 P
Q8RWRU
277 ~)
Q8ERRM
211 P
1"74 P
Q8DFrO
Q8QX
98 p
Q8QUNI
88 P
Q8FGET
III P

NON-REENTRANT~
()
0

0
0
0
0
0

D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

0
0
0
0 D
0 D

0 D
0 0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
()

0
()

NON-RUNANYWHERE LIBRARY
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

0 C
0 C

0 C

D
() D
0 D
0 D
0 D
() D

0 C
0 C
0 C

0 0

0 C

()

0 C

0 C
0 C

60~82700

Q8MI\GT
TAPCON
lOCK
PSSTOP
Q8PAND
Q8EXP9
Q8DPI
Q8IFRM
Q8FS
Q8TRA~J

FORTRA
IOCODE
IGETCH
IPACK
UPDATE
DECPL
INTGR
SPACEX
HOLRTH
DCHX
HXASC
AFRMOT
RFRMOT
AFRMIN
RFRMIN
ASCII
HXDC
FLOTIN
FOUT
EOUT
EWRITE
AFORM
RFORM
HEXASC
HEX DEC
DEC HEX
FLOATG
FORMTR
INITll
ASCHX
PSUEDO
Q8QFI
Q8QFL
Q8QFX
Q8QGTX

75
170
2R
55
85
171
123
61
469
1750
288
59
23
58
10
29
311
19
63
112
52
35
17
44
IR
20
137
64
103
222
14
27
27
23

() D
0 0

P
P
P
P
P

P
P
P
p

P
P
P
P
P
P

0 C

0 0
0 0
0 0
0 D
0 D

0 C

0 0

0 D
0 D
0 D

p
p

0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0

P
P
P
P

0
0
0
0

p
p

D
0
0

0
0 0
0 D
0 D
0 0
0 D
0 D
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 D
0 D
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 D

P
P
P
P
P
p
p

2R P
420
42
44
37
22
43
48
4

0 D

0 D
0 D
0 D
0 0
0 D
0 D
0 D

P
P
P

?9 p

P
P
P

P
p

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
C
0 C
0 C
0 C
(I

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
C
0 C

()

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C

0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 r.
0 C
() C
()

CORE MEMORY MAP
CORE RESIDENT
ALLOCATABLE
UNPROTECTED
SYSTEM COMMON
NON-SYSTEM

60282700

1433
1655
29680
()
()

1-7-23

7.4.2 INSTALLATION OF MSOS 3.0 SYSTEM GENERATED BY CONFIGURA TOR
After specifying and configuring a system, use the system initializer to install the new system
with the system installation programs and the relocatable binary SYSDA T programs.

Minimum System
If the only input device is a paper tape reader, the installation procedures are basically the same
as those described in part I, section 1. 3.

Load and execute the system initializer as in part I, section 1. 3. 2, 1. 3. 3, or 1. 3. 4.

Continue installing using the procedures in part I, section 1. 3. 5, replacing step 3 of these
procedures with:
Type *S, MAXSEC,xxxx
Press RETURN
Message Q

When the system initializer types Q in step 7, mark the leader of tape under the paper tape
reader and remove the paper tape.

Mount the relocatable binary SYSDAT program paper tape in the paper tape reader.

Type *V
Press RETURN
Message LUN,lun, FAILED
ACTION
The paper tape reader is out of tape; mount the paper tape containing the system installation
programs placing the leader marked in step 3 under the reader.

Type RP
Press RETURN

Continue with the installation as described in step 8 of part I, section 1. 3. 5.

Non-Minimum System
Use the following instructions for a system containing a paper tape reader and another device.

Load and execute the system initializer as described in part I, section 1. 3. 2, 1. 3. 3, or 1. 3. 4.

Load input device a with the system installation programs.

Load input device b with the relocatable binary of the SYSDA T program.

Continue installing using the instructions in part I, section 1. 3. 5, replacing step 3 of these
procedures with:
Type *S, MAXSEC, xxxx
Press RETURN
Message Q

Use the system initializer to assign the output and comment devices as discussed in part I,
section 1. 3. 5, step 5.

Assign input device a (containing system installation programs) as the input device.
Type *1, a
Press RETURN
Message Q

Type *V
Press RETURN
Message Q

ASSign input device b (containing the relocatable binary of the SYSDAT program) as the input
device.
Type *I,b
Press RETURN
Message Q

Type

Press RETURN

60282700

1-7-25

10.

The relocatable binary of the SYSDAT program is loaded into the system.
Message ACTION

11.

Type

Press RETURN

12.

Assign input device a as the input device.
Type *I,a

Press RETURN
Message Q

13.

Type

Pres s RETURN

14.

Continue the installation with step 8 of part I, section 1. 3. 5.

Core Map of Configured and Installed System

*YM,EFILE,1
*YM,LIBEDT,2
*YM,LOADSD,3
*YM,JORENT,4
*YM,..JORPRO,5
*YM,PROTEC,6
*YM,JPLOAD,7
*YM,JPCHGE,R
*YM,JPT13,Q
*YM,MIPRO,IO
*YM,RESTOR,11
*YM,ODERlIG,12
*YM,RCOVER,13
*YM,BRKPT,14
*YM,SELF,J5
*YM,LOGGER,16
1700 MASS STORAGE OPERATING SYSTEM
*

*
*
*L

SYSTEM DATA PROGRAM

1-7-26

60282700

SYSDAT
DBLDRV
*v
*
*L

DECEMRER 31. 1970
TRVEC
DECEMBER 31. 1970
DRCORE
DECEMHER 31. 1970
NIPROC
LIBEDT AND ENGINEERING FILE
*
EFILE
*M
DECEMRER 31. 1970
EF
LIBEDT
*M
DECEMBER 31. 1970
LlBEDT
*L
DECEMHER 31. 1970
COMMON
DECEMf4ER 31. 1970
NEPROC
DECEMHER 31. 1970
NMONI
PARAME
DECEMBER 31. 1970
DECEMBER 31. 1970
ALVOL
DECEMHER 31, 1970
OFVOL
NCMPRQ
DECEMHER 31. 1970
DECD18ER 31. 1970
NFNR
DECEMBER 31. 1970
ALCORE
DECE~4BER 31. 1970
MINT
DEC01BER 31. 1970
RW
MAKQ
DECEMBER 31~ 1970
DECEMBER 31. 1970
ADEV
DECEMHER 31. 1970
SCHEDU
DECEMBER 31. 1970
NDISP
DECEMBER 31. 1970
TMINT
DTMER
DECEMHER 31. 1970
BUFALC
DECEMBER 31. 1970
JOB PROCESSOR
*
LOADSD
*M
LOAD
DECEMBER 31. 1970
BRANCH
DECEMBER 31. 1970
LIDRIV
DECEMBER 31. 1970
LCDRIV
DECEMBER 31. 1970
DECEMBER 31. 1970
LMDRIV
LLDRIV
DECEM8ER 31. 1970
SCAN
DECEMBER 31, 1970
CHPlJ
DECEMBER 31, 1970
DECEMBER 31, 1970
ADJOVF
DECEMBER 31. 1970
CONVRT
TABSCH
DECEMBER 31. 1970
TABSTR
DECEMBER 31. 1970
DECEMBER 31. 1970
LSTOUT
DECEMBER 31, 1970
LINKI
DECEM8ER 31. 1910
LINK2
COREXT
DECEMBER 31, 1910
DPRADD
DECEMBER 31. 1910
LOADER
DECEMBER 31, 1910
NAMPRO
DECEMBER 31, 1910
RBDBZS
DECEMBER 31, 1910
ENTEXT
DECEMBER 31. 1910
XFRPRO
DECEMBER 31, 1910
HEXPRO
DECEMBER 31. 1970
EOLPRO
DECEMBER 31. 1970
ADRPRO
DECEMBER 31. 1910

60282700

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l

OF17
OF43
1083

REV.l

0001

REV.l

0006

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV.1
REV.l
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1

1101
1118
1I7C
11 BE
121C
1239
1245
1276
12[0
l3BA
1440
14FD
1524
1104
17AE
17FA
187C
1899

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.1
REV.1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REVel
REV.l
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV.1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l

0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039
0039

1-7-27

JOAENT
JOBENT
TIl

DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
DECEMHER
DECEMBER

TS
T3

31,
31,
31.
31,
31.

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV. 1
REV.l

JOB PRO
JOB PRO
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l
*S,ONE.'HFFF
*S,TWO,'f;7FFF
*S,THREE,$7FFF
*M
PROTEC
PROTEC
DECEMHER 31. 1910 REV.l
JBKILL
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV. 1

005A
005A
005A
OOSA
OOSA
OOSF

0064
0064

*S,WOAD~,l

JPLOAO
JPLOAD

*M
JPCHGE
ASCHEX
*M

006F

DECEMHER 31, 1970 REV. 1
DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.l

0074
0074

DECEMRER 31. 1970 REV. 1

0078

JPT13
Tl3

DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l
JPCHGE

MIPRO

MIPRO
DECEMHER
*S,SYSCOP,7FFF
RfSTOR
*M
RESTOR
DECEMBER
*M
ODERlJG
ODE BUG
DECEMBER
*M
RCOVER
RCOVER
DECEI-1BER
OUTSEL.
DECEMBER
DMPCOR
DECEMBER
MASDMP
DECEMBER
RI~KPT
*M
BRKPTD
DECEMBER
BIASCI
DECEMBER
SIFT
DECEMBER
RETJMP
DECEMBER
JUMPTO
DECEMBER
ENTER
DECEMBEB
ENTCOR
DECE~BER
PRTREG
DECEMBER
SETBRP
DECEMBER
TERMIN
DECEMBER
DMPCOR
DECEMBER
MASDMP
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
RESUME
SELF
*M
DECEMBER
SELFS
LOGGER
*M
DECEMBER
LOGA
1713 KEYBOARD
*
*L

1-7-28

31, 1970 REV.l

007D

31. 1970 REV.l

0080

31. 1970 REV. 1

0083

31.
31,
31,
31,

1970
1970
1970
1970

REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV. 1

OOAS
OOAS
00A5
00A5

31,
31.
31,
31.
31,
31,
31,
31.
31,
31.
31.
31,
31,

1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970
1970

REV. 1
REV.l
REV. 1
REV.l
REV.l
REV.l
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV.l
REV.l
REV. 1
REV. 1

OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE
OOAE

31, 1970 REV.l

oose

31, 1970 REV.l

OOCI

60282700

S13001
*
*M

DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.l
MASS RESIDENT DRIVERS

1904

00C4
S13002
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV. 1
*S,M11l3R, S
*M
00C7
S13003
DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.I
*S,M11l3P, S
*M
OOCA
DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.1
PTREAD
*S,TR1777,S
*M
OOCD
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l
PUNCDR
*S,TP1777,S
*M
DECEMRER 31, 1970 REV.1
OODO
PRT40
*S,MASsOl,S
*M
00D6
DR1728
DECU1HER 31. 1970 REV.l
*S,MAS28,S
*M
OOEO
CD1729
DECEMIiER 31. 1970 REV.1
*S,MAS292,S
*M
DECEM HER 31. 1970 REV.l
CR40s
OOEs
*S,MAS40s,S
*M
DECErv1~ER 31. 1970 REV.1
DR1732
OOEA
*S,MAS32,S
INPUT/OUTPUT DRIVERS
*
*L
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.l
TAPEDR
lAB3
FRWA
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.I
IBA2
FRWB
DECEMBER 31, 1970 REV.l
le77
RWBA
DECEMBER 31. 1970 REV.I
ID7A
DECEMi-iER 31. 1970 REV. 1
lEOO
RECOVT
TAPE
DECEII.1BER 31, 1970 REV. 1
1EBF
*S,MAS31,7FFF
*L
DISKwn
DECEMHER 31. 1970 REV.l
lE90
SPACE PROGRAfI.'
*
*L
SPACE
CUSTOMIZED FOR MSOS 3.0
20sA
*F
SUBPROGRAMS WITH THE FOLLOWING ENTRY POINT
NAMES HAVE NOT BEEN LOADED DURING *L LOAD.

60282700

1-7-29

SNA.PI

CM172R
FFl72A
PA.RI TY

IPROCI
S[CPRf)

130
T?9

Tc8

T27
T?h
T?5

T24
T?3

121
T2(1
T14

TlK
TIl

116
T13

III

r..,

D
UEHlIG
SYSLVI

;q
SYSTFIvl

1-7-30

END
l114,A

60282700

CONFIGURATION

The first section in this part defines and explains the areas which are usually modified to customize
MSOS 3. O. Section 1 describes the segments of MSOS as:
Section
LOCORE

1.1

Equivalences

1.1.1

Communications region

1.1. 2

Interrupt trap region

1.1. 3

Table of preset entry points

1.1.4

Maximum scratch sector number (MAXSEC)

1.1. 5

SYSBUF

1.2

Equivalences

1. 2.1

Logical unit tables

1.2.2

Interrupt mask table (MASKT)

1. 2. 3

Volatile storage (VOLBLK)

1. 2. 4

Interrupt stack area (INTSTK)

1. 2. 5

Scheduler stack (SCHSTK)

1. 2. 6

Allocatable core (A VCORE)

1.2.7

Special routines

1. 2. 8

Special tables

1. 2. 9

Mass memory diagnostic routines (MMDIAG)

1.2.10

Overlay subroutine (OVRLA Y)

1. 2.11

Physical device table (PHYSTB)

1. 2.12

Interrupt response routines

1. 2.13

SPACE

1.3

Allocatable core

1. 3.1

Restart program (RESTRT)

1.3.2

Engineering File

60282700

1.4

11-1-1

Section 2 lists standard drivers and the changes which must be made to the configuration described in
1 to add these drivers to the MSOS 3. 0 system. (Those preceded by an asterisk in the list
below are already on the released system.) Special information on the 1706 buffered data channel
(section 2.1) and also special instructions for any driver to be installed on mass memory (section 2.15)
are also in this section. The outline of section 2 is:
sectio~

Section
1706 buffered data channel

2.1

Card Readers
1726-405 card reader

2.2

1728-430 card reader/punch

2.3

1729-2 card reader

2.4

Disk and Drum
*1738-853/854 rusk

2.5

1751 drum

2.6

Line Prulter
1740-501 line printer

2.7

Magnetic Tape Devices
1731-601 buffered magnetic tape unit

2.8

1731-601 unbuffered magnetic tape unit

2.9

1732-608/609 magnetic tape unit

2.10

Paper Tape Unit
*1777 paper tape station

2.11

Teletypewriter
*1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter

2.12

1713 reader/punch teletypewriter

2.13

Timer
1572/1573 tj.mer

Mass memory driver information

II-I-2

2.14
2.15

60282700

Section 3 defines other possible modifications:
Section
Building of an initializer

3.1

Manual Input for process program (MIPRO)

3.2

User request modules

3.3

Re-entrant FORTRAN library package

3.4

Non-re-entrant FORTRAN library package

3.5

Output message buffering package

3.6

60282700

II-1-3

The diagram below identifies the locations of MSOS 3.0 modules.
CORE MEMORY

MASS MEMORY

CORE UNACCESSIBLE
TO OPERATING SYSTEM
SYSTEM COMMON
PROTECTED

DATA AREA

I" MAXCORt

SECTOR tt
SCRATCH AREA
PROGRAM
LIBRARY
IF BUILT
BY LIBEDT
GOES HERE

JOB COMMON
UNPROTECTED

AVAILABLE
UNPROTECTED
CORE

SYSTEM

>INITIALIZ ER
RUNS IN
THIS AREA
OF CORE

DATA BLOCK
UNPROTECTED
)

SWAP AREA

IMAGE OF
CORE RESIDENT
SYSTEM

PROTECTED
ALLOCATABLE
CORE

PROGRAM LIBRARY
AND DIRECTORY

OTHER CORE
RESIDENT

ENTRY POINTS
AND SECTOR
AV AILABlLITY
TABLES

DRIVERS
MONITOR

SYSTEM
LIBRARY

SYSBUF
SYSTEM
DIRECTORY

PRESET TABLE
~

INTERRUPT TRAP
REGION

o
o<
o
H

CORE
RESIDENT
PROGRAMS
PROTECTED

ENGINEERING FILE

AUTOLOAD

COMMUNICATIONS
REGION

t
tt

Parameter specified during system initialization determines this area. Section 1.1.1.
Parameter specified during system initialization specifies limit of available core.

II-1-4

60282700

1.1 LOCORE
The LOCORE program consists of data to be loaded into the communications region, interrupt traps, and
preset table. During system initialization, the LOCORE program must be the first *L program loaded
after the *Y, *YM system directory entries.
NOTE
If any core-resident system directory entry (*Y) is

included, the ordinal must be two or greater, since
the first program loaded was LOCORE. LOCORE
cannot be a system directory entry.

•

Part one of the LOCORE program corresponds to the communications region.
Part two is the interrupt trap region from location 10016 to the maximum interrupt trap region used
(which could be up to a maximum of 13FI6 ).
Part three of the LOCORE program is the table of presets specifying the name and location of entry
points to any protected routines which are also available to unprotected programs.
Part four is designated for use by the assembler or FORTRAN compiler and includes the maximum
sector number of the scratch mass storage device.
The following modifications must be made by the system programmer for a specific system.

1.1.1 EQUIVALENCES
MAXCOR is the highest core memory address in hexadecimal available to the system. Core locations
above MAXCOR are not affected by normal system operation and may be used for upper core routines,
core dumps, etc. This parameter is derived by setting MAXCOR with a *S, MAXCOR, xxxx parameter
during system initialization.

1.1.2 COMMUNICATIONS REGION
If required, communications region information can be inserted in the area from location 4716 through

B2 1 6' These entries may be either numeric or the symbolic address of an entry point in another program. In the latter case, the symbolic address must also be declared as an external (EXT). Labels
can be attached to these entries and, if declared as entry points (ENT), they can be referenced by other
programs. Unused entries should be set to zero.
In the example below, the sequence of code replaces the block:

BZS ($B2-$47+1)

60282700

II-I-5

When the program with entry points SNAPE and SNAPI is loaded, the initializer loads the addresses of
SNAPE and SNAPI. Also, it stores a special table starting at location 52 which may be referenced
by the entry point name MTAB.
16
Label

MTAB

Address

BZS

($50-$47+1)

ADC

SNAPE

ADC

SNAPI

NUM

$FO

NUM

$FOO

NUM

$FOOO

BZS

(B2-*+ 1)

EXT

SNAPE, SNAPI

EXT

MTAB

1.1. 3 INTERRUPT TRAP REGION
The interrupt trap region extends from location 10016 to 13F16 in LOCORE. A four-location trap is
necessary for each of the 16 interrupt lines which are used (Section 1. 2.3, Interrupt Mask Table). For
example, the LINEO trap area contains four words beginning at word 10016. LINE1 trap area then begins
at word 10416 . The form of the four-word trap is:
Word

Address

Label
NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

level

ADC

interrupt response routine

LINEno.

Explanation of Each Location
Word 1
The hardware stores the state of overflow indicator in bit 15 and also stores the P register contents in bits 14-00. The P register contains the address of the next instruction to be executed when
the program is later re-entered.

11-1-6

60282700

Word 2
The second word in the interrupt trap is normally used to pass control to the common interrupt
handler which will:
1.

store the contents of the A, Q, P, and I registers and the current priority level
(PRVL).

Establish priority of the program being entered through the third word of the trap.

Jump to the interrupt response routine through the fourth word of the trap.

Usually all interrupt lines (except for line 0) use the common interrupt handler whose address is in
location FE16 •
Any special interrupt handler routines may be used to avoid the overhead required to go through the
common interrupt handler. Include the address of the special interrupt handler routines in the
communications region between locations 4716 and B216 and declare this address as external. The
special interrupt handler must preserve the A, Q, P, and I registers and the overflow indicator
and return control (with intexrupts enabled) to the interrupted program after processing the interrupt.
Save priority levels (PRVL) if the response routine runs with interrupts enabled.
Word 3
In word 3 is the priority level of the program which will process the interrupts on the specified
line. When assigning priorities:
1.

The number in word 3 must correspond with the interrupt mask table entry in MASKT
of the SYSBUF or the TABLES program.

Priority levels assigned to peripheral devices cannot also be assigned to FORTRAN
programs.

Because of timing problems, use caution when assigning priorities to devices which
are subject to losing data. High priorities should be assigned to these devices, such
as the 1729-2 card reader and magnetic tape devices.

Interrupt lines for I/O drivers must be assigned the same priority level as that specified
in the PHYSTB. That is, the initiator (CP in the appropriate PHYSTB) and the continuator
(priority level PR in the appropriate interrupt trap entry) must be the same priority level.

Word 4
This is the address of the interrupt response routine which is the program which processes the
interrupt. Each interrupt response routine name must be declared as an external in LOCORE.

External Interrupt Processor (EPROC)
EPROC is a generalized External Interrupt Processor.

60282700

To use EPROC:

II-1-7

Declare it as external in LOCORE.

Device must return bit 2 as interrupt status upon a status request.

Add the SE CPRO table to the SYSBUF program.

SECPRO is a 16-word table which is required only if EPROC is in use. It contains one word for each
interrupt line. When E PROC cannot determine which device on a particular line caused an interrupt
(indicated by bit 2 of device status), EPROC transfers control to the corresponding secondary processor
for that line. SECPRO may contain up to 16 secondary processor addresses. Each location may refer
to an entry point of a secondary interrupt processor. The first location of the table is declared entry
point SEC1?RO. (Part I, section 1.2.2, LOG1A Table and EPROC.) Limitations for using EPROC are
as follows •

•

Using EPROC instead of separate response routines for each line increases the interrupt processing
time.
Using any of the following special devices requires separate interrupt response routines:
1572 programmable sample rate unit
1573 line synchronized timing generator
Devices which do not give the interrupt status in bit 2 of the A register while a reply is
being made to a status command.
Logical units must be specified in line order.

Individual Interrupt Response Routines
Use the following rules when developing individual interrupt response routines.
1.

If several devices are driven on the same interrupt line, the interrupt response routine must
examine the status of each device to determine which one interrupted.

All interrupt response routines for drivers must branch to the driver's continuator entry with the
address of the PHYSTB of the interrupting logical unit in the Q register.

Interrupt response routines usually reside in the SYSBUF program, except for EPROC.

Declare the address of each interrupt response routine as an external in LOCORE.

1.1. 4 TABLE OF PRESET ENTRY POINTS
Definition
The preset table is a list of entry points of all programs in protected core, as well as all core-resident
subprograms which can be used by jobs running in unprotected core.

Format
This is an example of a preset table entry. If the name of the entry point to the routine is NAME, the
following code is required to add NAME to the preset table. The first entry must be for JPRETN.

11-1-8

60282700

Label

ALF

Address

ALF

3,NAME

ADC

NAME

EXT

NAME

Comments

The EQU for the table length must follow the last entry.
EQU

LPRSET

(*APRSET) FOR THE LAST ENTRY

Rules
Use caution in constructing the preset table.
The preset table must contain only references to subprograms which cannot destroy the integrity
of the protected system.
Subprograms which are referenced in the preset table must be re-entrant if they are also to be
used by protected programs. They must have an lIN instruction immediately following each
entry point. However, they do not need to be re-entrant if they are not to be used by protected
programs.

Location
The preset table begins immediately following the interrupt trap region. The table starts at location
14016 if 16 interrupt lines are assigned. The table length is saved at location F116. The table starting
address is saved at location F2 1 6'

1.1. 5 MAXIMUM SCRATCH SECTOR NUMBER (MAXSEC)
Following the preset table is an area reserved for the use of the compiler or the assembler. The
maximum sector number available on the scratch mass memory device (MAXSEC) is included in this
area. MAXSEC is an initialization time parameter. This parameter is derived by setting SECTOR
with an *S, SECTOR, xxxx parameter during system initialization. If part of mass storage is to be
reserved for data storage not available to the system, MAXSEC is set to the maximum minus the
amount reserved for data.
The area is defined as follows.
Label

60282700

Address
ENT

MAXSEC

BZS

(3)

NUM

Comments

MSB OF MAX SECTOR

II-I-9

1.2

Label

Address

Comments

MAXSEC

NUM

SECTOR

LSB of MAC SECTOR

BZS

(2)

SYSBUF

The system and buffer tables program includes the following:
Section

For use by the operating monitor:
Logical unit tables

1.2.2

Volatile storage for re-entrant routines

1. 2.4

Interrupt and scheduler stacks

1. 2. 5, 1. 2. 6

Diagnostic timer table

1. 2. 9

Routines and tables required by drivers:
Physical device tables

1. 2.12

Interrupt response routines

1. 2. 13

Output message buffering package

3.7

Special routines:
Dummy driver and device table

1. 2. 8

Idle loop routine

1. 2. 8

Overlay subroutine

1. 2. 11

1.2.1 EQUIVALENCES (EQU)
Set up SYSBUF equivalences (EQU) as required.
EQU

Following is a list of EQU's.
Significance

NUMPRI

Defines the total number of priority levels used by the operating system

NINTLV

Defines the number of priority levels used by interrupts

NFTNLV

Defines the number of priority levels using the re-entrant FORTRAN library

NEDLVL

Defines the number of priority levels using the re-entrant encode/decode
package

II-I-IO

60282700

EQU

Significance

NSR

Defines the maximum number of programs that the timer program may schedule
when a single timer interrupt occurso Delete if the timer is not used

TIMACK

Defines the 1572/1573 timer interrupt acknowledge code.
not used

TIMCPS

Defines the 1573 timer frequency (Hz).

TODLVL

Defines time-of-day routine request code and priority level.
of-day routine is used

Delete if the timer is

Delete if timer is not used
Delete if no time-

Equivalences are included at appropriate locations in the LOG1A table to identify system logical units.
EQU

Significance

STDINP

Logical unit number of the standard input device, e. g., paper tape or card
reader or magnetic tape

BINOUT

Logical unit number of the standard binary output device, e. g., paper tape or
card punch or magnetic tape

LSTOUT

Logical unit number of the standard print output device, e. g., teletypewriter
or line printer

INPCOM

Logical unit number of the standard input comment device, e. g., teletypewriter

OUTCOM

Logical unit number of the standard output comment device, e. g., teletypewriter

LBUNIT

Logical unit number of the library mass storage device, e. g., disk or drum

SCRTCH

Logical unit number of the scratch mass storage device, e. g., disk or drum

DUMALT

Logical unit number of the dummy device driver

1. 2. 2 LOGICAL UNIT TABLES

The logical unit tables contain information for all logical units.
LOG1A contains the addresses of physical equipment tables for each logical unit. The order of
these addresses reflects the logical assignment of the physical devices in LOG1A.
LOGI contains the operational flags and alternate logical unit assignments.
LOG2 contains the top of request thread for each logical unito
Each logical unit number has a corresponding entry in these tables. When using EPROC, the logical
units are grouped according to which interrupt line they use. For example, devices which interrupt on

60282700

II-l-ll

line 1 are grouped after the Ll EQU in LOGIA. This construction is the same for all logical unit tables.
Those devices which interrupt on line 2 are grouped after L2.
These logical unit tables are arranged to be parallel in structure and are inClexed by logical unit
number. The following apply to all logical unit tablEls.
Word 0 is always the maximum logical unit number or the table length-l
Word 1 is always the core allocator (the SPACE driver)
Other logical unit numbers are assigned according to the order in which the LOGIA is established.

LOGlA
LOGIA contains the address constants of the PHSTB's. Each word in LOGIA contains the address of
the first word of that logical unit's PHYSTB. Since there is a PHYSTB for each device, the next LOGIA
word contains the address of the first word of the next PHYSTB.
When using EPROC, all physical devices are grouped according to the interrupt lines which they use.
Therefore, all physical devices interrupting on line one are grouped after entry Lt in the LOGIA. But
the logical unit numbers assigned to each of these units are determined by the order in which each of
these are arranged within the entry.
When using a user-supplied interrupt response routine, instead of EPROC, the tags. (Ll, L2, etc.) are
irrelevant; but the devices must still be in logical unit order.
LOGlA FORMAT
LOGlA

Largest legal logical unit number

Address of core allocator

Address of PHYSTB slot corresponding to this logical
unit

---

I
I

Address of PHYSTB slot corresponding to this logical
unit
I

I1-1-12

60282700

LOGIA Table and EPROC: If the LOGIA table is to be used with the external interrupt processor
(EPROC), the following additional construction is necessary.
1.

Group the devices by interrupt line number.

Insert fifteen EQU statements of the form EQU Lx(*) (where x is a number from 1 to 15) in
LOGIA. These EQU's are then used to identify the line number for the groups of devices.
For example, EQU Ll (*) precedes the device table addresses for the devices which interrupt
on line 1. These are followed by EQU L2 (*) and the device table addresses for the devices
which interrupt on line 2, etc. To illustrate:

This fixes the logical unit assignment.

Label

Address

LOGlA

NUM

NUMLU

ADC

CORE

EQU

Ll(*)

ADC

PPTRDR

LU 2

ADC

PPTPCH

LU 3

ADC

TELPTR

LU4

ADC

CARD29

LU 5

EQU

L2(*)

EQU

L3(*)

EQU

L4(*)

ADC

DISKO

LU 5

ADC

DISKI

LU 6

EQU

L5(*)

LU 1

interrupt line 1 devices

interrupt line 4 devices

Construct the SECPRO table (see SECPRO, Section III.I.l. 3):
SECPRO

NUM

$7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF

NUM

$7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF, $7FFF

Normally, all entries are left empty, i. e., $7FFF. The address of a special interrupt response
routine may be included in the entry for its line, but it is more efficient to put this address in the fourth
word of the interrupt trap location instead of using EPROC or SECPRO.
If EPROC is not used, the logical unit assignment numbers do not need to be equated to the interrupt
lines.

To use a logical unit order which differs from the interrupt line order to which the peripheral devices
are connected, use separate interrupt response routines.

60282700

II-I-13

Lom
LOGI is the alternate device table. Unless an alternate device or shared LUN is to be specified,
entries in this table are initially set to O. If an alternate device is to be assigned, set bits 9-0 to the
alternate logical unit number.
If a device fails, the driver calls the alternate device handler with the logical unit of the failed device.

The alternate device handler checks the LOGI entry for this logical unit and if a nonzero alternate logical
unit is found, the request is rethreaded on the alternate LUN and the driver for the alternate is scheduled
to process the request. A message is also typed. If the alternate logical unit is out of service or has
failed, the request is passed to the alternate of the alternate, etc. A message also appears. If no
operational alternate exists, a request for operator intervention is made.
If two or more logical units share the same device table, set bit 14 of the corresponding LOGI entry

to 1.
The order of entries in the LOGI is identical to that of the LOGIA.
LOGl FORMAT
LOGI

Largest legal logical unit number
15

Bit
15

o
o
1

o
1

9-0

II-l-14

Alternate logical unit number

Normal logical unit
Buffer output logical unit
Logical unit does not share device with another logical unit
Logical unit shares a device with another logical unit
Logical unit is operative
Logical unit is out of service. Alternate, if any, is in use
Reserved

12
11

Significance

No operation

If need to, restore logical unit on completion of buffer output request

Reserved
Alternate logical unit number should be set to the hexidecimal equivalent of the
logical unit number

60282700

LOG2
LOG2 contains the top of thread for each logical unit. The order of entries in LOG2 is identical to the
order of entries in LOG1.
Entries are initially set to FFFF16'
LOG2 FORMAT
LOG2

Largest legal logical unit number
Top of thread for a logical unit number

Top of thread for a logical unit number

1.2.3 INTERRUPT MASK TABLE
MASKT is a table of M register interrupt line mask words which are arranged in the software priority
level order. Only the monitor may change the M register. It uses the MASKT to set the M register
according to the current priority level.

Standard MASKT
Most of the operating system programs have been assigned to the standard priority levels shown in
the following table.
Level
-1

System Program
Idle loop

Job processor execution

Job processor 110 completion

Hang loop while a SWAP is in effect

Manual interrupt processor

Process programs

Core allocator

EOP for 1728-430 and 1729-2 card readers

60282700

II-I-15

Level
9

System Program
Disk, drum, and output message buffering package

Printer, paper tape punch, and paper tape reader

Magnetic tape drivers

Card reader, unbuffered magnetic tape

Timer interrupt and event counters; card reader

14
15

Memory parity/protect fault routine

Construction and/or Modification of MASKT
The first step in constructing the MASK table is the assignment of software priorities. Follow these
general concepts when developing the table.

Bits 0 through 15 of the M register correspond to interrupt lines 0 through 15. If, for
example, bit 1 in the M register is set to zero, interrupts on interrupt line 1, the
corresponding interrupt line, are locked out and are not processed until bit 1 in the M
register is changed to a one.

Only the monitor can change the M register. It uses the MASKT to set the M register
according to the current priority level.

Level -1 is used for the idle loop which must not include any monitor requests.

Each interrupt line normally has a 1 bit in the interrupt line position for all levels below
the priority level associated with that line.

o bits must be placed in the interrupt lines position for all the priority levels equal to and
above the priority level associated with the line.

Unused interrupt lines should be set to zero for each table entry.

More than one line can be associated with the same priority and can have the same mask.

11-1-16

60282700

Sample MASKT
PRIORITY
LEVEL

INTERRUPT LINE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MASK16

1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

a
a a

1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 0

a
a

1 0

a 0
0 a a a
a a a 0
a 0 a 0

-1

5
6

12
13
14
15

a a 0
a 0 a
a 0 a
0 0 a
0 0 a

1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 0

1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

043F

1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1

042F

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1

040D

a 0 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 a a 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 a a a a a 0 1
a a 0 a 0 a 0 a a a 0 a 0 0 0 1
a 0 a a a 0 a 0 0 a a a a 0 a a

0405

1 0 0 0

0005
0001
0001
0000

Assembly language coding for this sample MASKT is:
Label

MASKT

60282700

Address

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL-l

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 00

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 01

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 02

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 03

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 04

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 05

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 06

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 07

C om:rneilts

II-I-17

L.abel

II-1-18

.2E.

Address

Comments

NUM

$43F

PRIORITY LEVEL 08

NUM

$42F

PRIORITY LEVEL 09

NUM

$40D

PRIORITY LEVEL 10

NUM

$405

PRIORITY LEVEL 11

NUM

$05

PRIORITY LEVEL 12

NUM

$01

PRIORITY LEVEL 13

NUM

$01

PRIORITY LEVEL 14

NUM

$00

PRIORITY LEVEL 15

60282700

1.2.4 VOLATILE STORAGE (VOLBLK)
Definition
VOLBLK is the volatile storage area which is primarily reserved for the allocation of small blocks of
data storage for routines which are re-entrant (may operate at more than one level at the same time).

Allocation
Reserve enough volatile storage for each priority level to accommodate the maximum amount of volatile
storage which could be requested at anyone time because the system cannot recover from an overflow
of volatile storage (i. e., requesting more storage than is available).
To compute allocation of volatile storage:

Allow 16 locations for each priority level making monitor requests. Eight of these locations
are used for each request. The other eight locations may be used if the request processor
itself makes a monitor request, such as the read/write request processor making a scheduler
call for a driver.

Allow 88 locations (34 for locations $C5-$E5 and 54 for FLIST entry point address) for
each priority level using the re-entrant FORTRAN library to allow the FORTRAN
communications area and library subroutine entries to be saved.

Allow 57 locations for each priority level using the encode/decode package which is nonstandard.

The following code defines volatile storage (see SYSBUF equivalences in section 1. 2. 1).
Label
VOLBLK

60282700

Address
BSS

VOLBLK(16*NUMPRI+88 *NFTNLV+57*NEDLVL+1)

II-l-19

1. 2.5 INTERRUPT STACK AREA (INTSTK)
INTSTK is the block of storage which is set aside for saving the status of interrupted programs. The
common interrupt handler stores the Q, A, I, and P registers and also the overflow indicator and the
priority level of the interrupted program in this area. Five words are necessary for each entry. The
stack is of the last-in, first-out type of stack on a priority basis.
The format of an entry is as follows.
Word
INTSTK

Q register

A register

I register

Overflow (bit 15), P register

Priority level (=n)

Q register

A register

I register

Overflow (bit 15), P register

Priority level (=m)

Interrupted program
running at priority
level n

Interrupted program
running at priority
level m

Level m< n

The following code defines the interrupt stack.
Label

Address

INTSTK

BSS

INTSTK(5

* NUM

PRI)

1. 2.6 SCHEDULER STACK (SCHSTK)
A program requests the operation of another program by making a scheduler (SCHDLE) request. The
timer routine can also make a SCHDLE request after a given interval of time has elapsed. These
requests are threaded together on the scheduler thread,
The scheduler stack (SCHSTK) is a series of four-word entries.
Words one and two contain the scheduler call parameters (priority level and address of
program scheduled).
Word three contains the thread to the next lower priority entry.
Word four contains the value of the Q register which is being passed to the requested program
as a parameter.

II-1-20

60282700

The total numbe,r of entries required is equal to the sum of the number of scheduler requests and timer
requests which can be in the stack at one time. The user may change the size of this stack.
The scheduler stack normally has 25 entries.

Sample SCHSTK
Label

Address

Comments

SCHSTK

ADC

0,0,*+2,0

LEVEL, COMPLETION ADDR., THREAD, Q REG.

ADC

0,0,*+2,0

NUM

0,0, -0,

EQU

SCHLNG
(*-SCHSTK)

LAST ENTRY

1.2. 7 ALLOCATABLE CORE (AVCORE)
EQU AVCOREnnnn is an entry in the SPACE program which defines the total size of the allocatable core
area. CALTHD is the address of the location which contains the size of the first block which is initially
all of allocatable core. Following this address is the address of the first piece (top of core allocator's
thread) which is the beginning of the allocatable area.
No modification is necessary to the following code.
Label
CALTHD

Address

Comments

ADC

AVCORE

NO. OF WORDS

ADC

AREAC

ADDRESS

LVLSTR is the table of starting addresses for the allocatable core area available to each priority level.
The upper bound for protected allocatable area is the same for all levels - the start of unprotected core.
To prevent low priority programs from tying up all of the allocatable area, it is common to restrict
the amount available to them while making the entire allocatable area available to the high-priority programs. Thus, a higher address usually appears for the low-priority programs.
Core swapping occurs at the following times.
A request for space is made at a request priority level greater than two
No unprotected I/O is in progress
A fixed interval of time has expired since the last swap
There is insufficient space available to that priority level in the allocatable area

60282700

II-1-21

Version 3. 0 of the operating system automatically causes a core swap whenever job processing is
terminated. This causes the job area (unprotected allocatable core) to be protected and made available
to protected mass memory resident programs. The swapped condition continues until job processing
is requested again by the operator.
Example of L VLSTR:
Label

LVLSTR

Address

Comments

EXT

AREAl, AREA2,
AREA3, AREA4

ADC

AREAC

REQUEST PRIORITY

ADC

AREAl

LEVELS

ADC

AREA2

ADC

AREA3

ADC

AREA4

ADC

AREAC

ADC

AREAC

7-15

ADC

LEND

AREAl, AREA2, AREA3, and AREA4 are entry point names in the SPACE program used to divide the
allocatable area, as shown in the diagram below (also refer to the SPACE program S.3ction 1. 3).
Request priority levels I, 2, and 3 include sufficient area for the job processor modules. The memory
map for the L VLSTR table above is:
- - - - 7FFF

Resident

Available to
-PROCESS Only-

Unprotected
Job Area

L::::~!

~-----------------------~Area3

1--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _........ AREAC =:

Area4

The entire allocatable core area (AREAC) must be available at request priority zero (RP equal
to 0) so that the system may get started as initialized (job processor initiated with RP equal to
o in system directory).

II-1-22

60282700

To make certain that the individual modules of the job processor can obtain sufficient allocatable core
at all times, use the LIBEDT *S statements. Set the request priority for their system directory
entries as follows. This operation is done after the operating system is built and is functional. The
*S statements should be entered only once after the system is built, since the mass memory image of
the system directory is actually updated by the *S.
*YM Entry Name

*YM Ordinal (Typical)

EFILE
LIBEDT
LOADSD
JOBENT
JOBPRO
PROTEC
JPLOAD
JPCHGE
JPT13
MIPRO
RESTOR
ODE BUG
RCOVER
BRKPDT
SELF
LOGGER

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Request Priority
0
3
0
1
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3

1. 2. 8 SPECIAL ROUTINES

IDLE
IDLE is the program which runs at level -1 when no other programs are running. This routine may be
modified by the user. A counter may be included to compute the percentage of time spent at this level
to provide a measure of the amount of idle time available in the main frame.

DUMMY
DUMMY is the dummy device driver. It is used with the dummy device table and is assigned a logical
unit like a normal device. Read or write requests which address this logical unit cause the dummy
driver to be initiated, and the completion address in the request is scheduled with error indication.
This allows the dummy device to be set up as the alternate for devices where it would not be acceptable
to hang up the request waiting for operator action in response to the alternate device handler request
for input. This routine requires no modification.

60282700

II-1-23

FMASK, FLIST
FMASK and FLIST contain data for the re-entrant FORTRAN dispatcher and scheduler, RDISP. See
section 3.4 (Re-entrant FORTRAN Library Package) and 3.5 (Non-re-entrant FORTRAN Library
Package.) If the re-entrant FORTRAN library package and RDISP are used, FMASK and FLIST may
require modification; if RDISP is not used, FMASK and FLIST may be removed. FMASK is a location
which indicates the software priority levels which require the saving of the temporary area used by
the FORTRAN routines. These levels must not also be assigned to interrupt lines since the interrupt
handler does not save the FORTRAN data. A bit is set to 1 in FMASK in the bit position corresponding
to each level using FORTRAN. If too many levels are allowed to run FORTRAN programs, the overhead for the low-priority programs may be unnecessarily high. For example, the following allows
FORTRAN at levels 4, 5, and 6.
Label

Address

FMASK

NUM

$0070

Levels 0 and 1 are reserved for unprotected programs and do not interrupt the priority levels using
FORTRAN. Therefore, the mask is not set for levels 0 or 1.

FLIST Table
FLIST is the table of entry point locations in the FORTRAN library which must be saved in order to
allow re-entrant use of the library. The symbolic names must also be declared as externals (EXT)
and must appear as entry names (ENT) in the library subroutines.
Q8STP
Q8STP provides a branch to the dispatcher for FORTRAN object programs. It cannot be used by protected mass memory resident programs as a substitute for CALL RELESE main. The entry point name
Q8STP is that generated by the compiler as an exit at the end of a compiled program.

CHRSFG
CHRSFG is a switch that indicates whether or not the on-line debug package (ODP) is running.
the debug package is running, CHRSFG is not zero.

When

NSCHED
NSCHED contains the maximum number of programs which may be scheduled per timer interrupt.

1I-1-24

60282700

1. 2. 9 SPECIAL TABLES

Diagnostic Timer Table (DGNTAB)
DGNTAB is a table which consists of the PHYSTB addresses for all the devices to be supervised by
the diagnostic timer program. Software buffer driver PHYSTB's may also be included in the table.
The end of the table is indicated by a negative address, i. e., bit 15 == 1. Note that the first word in
the table is not the table size.
To add a driver, place an entry in the diagnostic table.
table for that device.

Each entry is a pointer to the physical device

Example:
Label

DGNTAB

Address

Significance

ENT

DGNTAB

DIAGNOSTIC TIMER TABLE

ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
NUM

CORE
PPTRDR
PPTPCH
TELPTR
TPPDR1
TPPDR2
DISKO
LP501
CD1728
$FFFF

CORE ALLOCATOR
1777 PAPER TAPE READER
1777 PAPER TAPE PUNCH
1713 TELETYPE
601 MAG. TAPE UNIT 0
601 MAG. TAPE UNIT 1
853 DISK
9 1740-501 LINE PRINTER
101728 CARD READER
END OF TABLE
1
2
3
4
6
7
8

Alternate Device Handler (ALTERR)
ALTERR is the buffer table for the alternate device handler. It is used to save the error word (Q register) passed by a driver to the alternate device handler. Location ALTERR contains the table size,
followed by a block of zeros of this size. The size should be set to the maximum number of simultaneous device failures possible. For most systems this equals the number of logical units.

60282700

11-1-25

1.2.10 MASS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC ROUTINES (MMDIAG)
The routine MMDIAG is included in SYSBUF and is entered from either the drum or the disk driver in
the event of a mass memory failure. The error code is passed in the Q register. The alternate device
handler is not called from mass memory drivers since an alternate cannot be assigned and it may be
desirable to attempt recovery after printing a diagnostic message.
MMDIAG is a routine which prints a message of the following form.
MASS MEM ERR code
The error code is from 0-11. For disk, see part II section 2.5; for drum, see part II, section 2.6
If the request which resulted in a failure was a system directory request, the routine releases the
allocated core. Control then returns to the driver. Separate routines must be provided for systems
with both drum and disk as MMDIAG is not re-entrant. The entry point names for these routines must
be:

Label

Address

Comments

ENT

DMDIAG

DRUM

ENT

DKDIAG

DISK

For disk or drum systems, remove the present EQU's which equate these entries to MMDIAG.

1. 2.11 OVERLAY SUBROUTINE (OVRLAY)
The overlay subroutine, entry point OVRLAY, allows users to call for mass memory to be read over
the actual call parameters. This is accomplished in the disk or drum drivers by moving the parameter
list to the equipment table and using the OVRLAY subroutine to ensure that the return address from the
call cannot be written over. Indirect overlay calls are not permitted. The overlay subroutine may be
removed if no overlay calls are included in the system. The basic operating system, the Macro
Assembler, and the FORTRAN compiler do not use the overlay subroutine.

1. 2.12 PHYSICAL DEVICE TABLE (PHYSTB)

Each physical device has a PHYSTB (physical device table) which contains all device data necessary for
a device to be operated by its driver. Generally this data includes:
Entry addresses to the driver responsible for operating the device
Equipment word telling the driver which device to use
Information which allows the driver to fulfill the current request

1I-1-26

60282700

The table contains at least 15 words for each device. Words 0 through 15 have a standard function for
all devices. Words 15 on are used for special purposes for each driver. The system programmer
should remove the device tables which are not needed for a particular system. If additional device
tables are needed, use the existing device tables as a guide. However, normally make only the following
changes:
The label on word 0

(£)

The equipment address in word 7
Occasionally, when a driver must drive several devices, a word in the PHYSTB is used
to thread one PHYSTB to another
The hardware type in bits 10 through 4 in word 8.
PHYSICAL DEVICE TABLE FORMAT (PHYSTB)
WORD 15 14 13 12 11 10

£ 0

SYMBOLIC
NAME
ELVL

DRIVER INITIATOR ADDRESS

EDIN

DRIVER CONTINUATOR ADDRESS

EDCN

DRIVER

DIAGNOSTIC CLOCK ADDRESS

EDCLK

DEVICE LOGICAL UNIT

ELU

CURRENT REQUEST PARAMETER LIST ADDRESS EPTR
EQUIPCONVERTER
MENT
STATION CODE EWES
CODE
CODE
EREQST

7
8

I/o

EDPGM

HANGUP DIAGNOSTIC ADDRESS

CURRENT BUFFER ADDRESS

ECCOR

LAST WORD ADDRESS + 1 OF BUFFER

ELSTWD

LAST EQUIPMENT STATUS READ

ESTAT2

DRIVER LENGTH IF MASS MEMORY

NAME ASSOC. WITH SECTOR NUMBER

-....

............

-.....
~

60282700

STANDARD
FOR ALL
DRIVERS

ESTAT1

USE

USE WHEN
REQUIRED BY
DRIVERS OR
FOR THE
OUTPUT
MESSAGE
BUFFERING
PACKAGE

-II-1-27

Word

Bit

Significance
ELVL
$120x
A SCHDLE request to operate the driver initiator address at level x.
x is the initiator priority level which should equal the priority level
of the interrupt in the LOCORE program.

14-9

Request code for SCHDLE request.

8-4

Unused, unless specified by a particular driver.

3-0

Priority level at which driver operates.

EDIN
Driver initiator address (whIch is the second word of the SCHDLE
request).

EDCN
Driver continuator address. Control is transferred to this address
(when interrupt occurred) at the priority level assigned to the interrupt
in the interrupt trap region. This priority level must be the same as
the priority level specified by word O.

EDPGM
Driver error routine address. Control is transferred to this address
at the driver priority level when the diagnostic clock is counted down
to negative by the diagnostic timer.

EDCLK
Diagnostic clock. This diagnostic clock location is set by the driver
and decremented by the diagnostic timer for a hardware completion
interrupt. Set idle (-1) by Complete Request Routine.

ELU
Logical unit currently assigned to device. 0 if device not in use, Set
by request processor; may be reassigned by FNR routine; cleared by
the next FNR routine or complete request.

EPTR
Atidress of caller's parameter list. Set by FNR routine.

II-1-28

60282'700

Word

Bit

Significance
EWES
Hardware address. To obtain equipment status: load this word into
into the Q register and perform INPUT instructions. Status is saved
in ESTAT2, word 12. See Control Data 1700 Computer System Code
60163500.
15

1110

7 6

l'---~-)--'I~-(E-)--'I-(S-)-~-->-(D-)~I

Q register

command
15-11

Coverter code
Code
1706

2
7

60282700

#1
#2

When coupled directly to

channel

10-7

(E) Equipment code. Equipment numbers for the released operating
system drivers are listed in part III, section 2. Suggested equipment
codes for additional drivers are in part II, section 2 along with the
information for each driver.

6-0

Command code. The command code is divided into two sections:
S contains the station code and D contains the director function.
The station code is located in bit 6 and adjacent lower order bits as
required. The director function is located in bit 0 and adjacent higher
order bits as required. They cannot overlap and all bits in the command code are not necessarily used. If the controller does not contain any stations, the station code is zero.

II-1-29

Word

Bit

Significance
EREQST Request status.
Busy bit.
o Operation complete
1 Operation is in progress

o
1

13-11

Equipment class code
0

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10-4

Class not defined
Magnetic tape device
Mass storage device
Card device
Paper tape device
Printer device
Teletype device
Reserved for future use

Numbers in the following list are in decimal and must be converted
to hexidecimal before inserting in bits 10 through 4. Equipment type
code (T).
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

n-I-30

If no device error
If driver detects device failure

1711/1712 teletypewriter
1777 paper tape reader
1777 paper tape punch
Unassigned
Unassigned
1738-853 disk unit
1751 drum unit
Unassigned
1738-854 disk unit
601 magnetic tape unit
Software buffering device
Unassigned
1728-430 card reader/punch
Software core allocator
210 CRT display station
1558 latching relay output
1553 external register output
311B/312B data set terminal
322/323 teletype terminal
501 line printer
166 line printer
1612 line printer
415 card punch
405 card reader
608 magnetic tape unit
609 magnetic tape unit

60282700

Word

Bit

Significance
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4599
100127

Reserved for future standard equipment
Open for user assignment

0
1

PHYSTB does not contain message buffering in words 18-33.
PHYSTB includes words 18-33 for message buffering.

0
1

Device may not be written by unprotected programs
Device may be written by unprotected programs

0
1

Device may not be read from unprotected programs
Device may be read from unprotected programs

0
1

Device available to unprotected programs
Device not available to unprotected programs

ESTATl
Status word 1.
15
14

60282700

1713 teletype keyboard
1713 TTY paper tape punch
1713 TTY paper tape reader
1729-2 card reader
1797 buffered I/o interface
Software dummy alternate
1584 selectric I/O typewriter
1582 flexowriter I/O typewriter
1716 compiling data channel
1718 satellite coupler
Unassigned
8000 series magnetic tape unit
1732-608 driver
1732-609 driver
1530 A/D converter 30/40 PPS
1534 A/D converter 200 PPS
1538 A/D converter high speed
Unassigned
Unassigned

0
1

If error condition and/or end-of-file detected by driver

If the number of words which were requested were transferred

on a read request
Set by driver if fewer words were read than requested

0
1

No error occurred

No end-of-file is sensed
Set by driver if device remains ready after detecting an error
or end-of-file or both

II-I-31

Word

Bit

Significance

Reserved for message interpreter request

o
1

No error
Set by output message buffering package if message buffer
output is incomplete
No parity error occurred
Set by driver if parity error occurred

Reserved

Reserved for individual drivers' special use

Data control word indicator:
o This is not a control character
1
Set by driver if this is a control character

First character of FORMAT record set by driver
o This is not first character
1
Set by driver if this is first character

Mode set
Set by driver when binary mode is used
1
Set by driver when ASCII mode is used

Case indicator
Set by driver if this is lower charactet
1
Set by driver if this is upper character

Format read/write indicator set by FNR routine
Unformatted record read/write
1
Formatted read or write request

Read/write indicator set by FNR routine
o Read request
1
Write request

ECCOR
The driver will store or obtain next data from this location which was
initially set by FNR routine but is updated by the driver.

ELSTWD
The driver will satisfy the request by either storing or obtaining from
this location which is the last data location +1.

ESTAT2
Status word 2.

II-1-32

The last value of equipment status mentioned in word 7.

60282700

Word

Bit

Significance

Set to 0 if the driver is core resident.
Set to the length of the driver if the driver is
mass memory

Name associated with the sector number

Temporary storage and return from subroutines (FNR)

16 and beyond

Used when required by drivers or for the output message
buffering package

1. 2.13 INTERRUPT RESPONSE ROUTINE

Single Device Interrupt Lines
The following example is typical of an interrupt line which serves only one device.
Word

Label

11728

Address

Comments

END

11728

LDQ

=XCD1728

PHYSTB ADDRESS

JMP*

(CD1728+2)

GO TO CON FIGURA TOR

The addresses of the interrupt response routines must be declared as entry names, since they are
externals in LOCORE.
CAUTIONS
For some devices the status check may need to be
coded differently.
Some drivers may not need a multiple device interrupt
response routine. If the driver can address only one
device at a time, it saves the address of the PHYSTB
for the last device addressed.
Some interrupts are not associated with drivers (e. g. ,
1573 timer), and the interrupt response is an integral
part of the program that handles the device.

60282700

11-1-33

1.3

SPACE

The SPACE program includes the SPACE request processor, the allocatable core area. and the
restart program. No modification is needed to the space request processor. The allocatable core
area should be customized for each system.

1. 3. 1 ALLOCATABLE CORE

AREAC is the start of the block of allocatable core within which the mass memory resident programs
are executed. The total area available is specified by the following:
Word

Label

Address

AREAC

ADC

AVCORE

ADC

($7FFF)

EQU

N1($19F)

(Area 1)

EQU

N2(lBO)

(Area 2)

EQU

N3($300)

(Area 3)

EQU

N4($10A)

(Area 4)

BSS

(N4-INPUT+RESTRT-1)

BSS

AREA3(N3+2)

BSS

AREA2(N2+2)

BSS

AREAl (N1+2)

BSS

(2)

EQU

AVCORE(*-AREAC)

EQU

AREA4(AREAC)

ENT

AREAl. AREA2, AREA3. AREA4

Comments

Reserves the desired core
areas and defines the
starting address of
each area

1. 3. 2 RESTART PROGRAM (RESTRT)

RESTRT is the starting address of the restart program which is entered from the AUTOLOAD program.
The system initializer builds the AUTOLOAD program during initialization and places it on the first
sector (96 words) of mass memory. After transferring the image of the protected programs into
core, control passes to RESTRT via location 1 in the communications region.

11-1-34

60282700

The MSOS 3.0 restart program also includes provision to start the 1572/1573 timer and to schedule
the diagnostic timer program. If the timer is not present or if it is switched off, a reject occurs
and the message TIMER RJ is written on the comment device. The program requests the monitor to
type PP and waits for the operator to acknowledge the setting of the PROGRAM PROTECT switch by
typing an asterisk followed by pressing RETURN. Note that a monitor request is used to type PP.
If autoload does not result in PP being typed, the monitor probably was not set up properly.
Since the restart program is only used immediately after an autoload, it executes in the allocatable'
area, but it is set up as though it were part .of the core-resident programs. In this way, the
program does not require any permanent core storage, and it is destroyed as soon as a mass memory
resident program is scheduled.
Modification of the restart program may be desired to allow initialization of data to occur after
autoload without providing permanent core for such an initialization program. For example, code
to start a process may be inserted here. Such additions may only be added just prior to the request
to type PP.

1.4

ENGINEERING FILE

The engineering file is a permanent log of hardware errors occurring on a device.
When a user's configuration deviates from the released version, the engineering file must be
customized. The program EF on mass storage establishes the engineering file. The order and the
size of the file depends upon the order and number of logical units.
All devices except mass storage devices have an engineering file on mass storage. Even though
the engineering file for mass memory devices is not kept on mass storage, space for each logical
unit must be reserved in the correct logical unit position.
To customize the engineering file, assemble the program EFILE on the COSY (MSOS 3.0) tape.
Each entry in the file requies 21 words:
Label

Address
ALF

4, LU NAME

BZS

(17)

Significance

The engineering file allows eight characters for a symbolic name for each device and 17 words for
the file itself. For a correct file printout, the symbolic name must coincide with the user's
configuration.
Since the engineering file for mass storage devices is kept in core in the alternate device handler,
customize the alternate device handler (ADEV) also. The equate in ADEV depends upon the number
of mass memory devices. The necessary code is:
ADEV

60282700

DCK/
DEL/
EQU/
END/

I=lu, H=lu
440
MASNUM(x)

x=number of mass memory devices

II-1-35

DRIVER ADDITION

To insert a driver, the following tables described in the sections of part II specified must be
modified or added:
Section
Logical unit table LOG1A, LOG1, LOG2

1.2.2

Interrupt mask table (MASKT)

1. 2. 3

Diagnostic timer table (DGNTAB)

1. 2. 9

Physical device table (PHYSTB)

1. 2.12

Interrupt response routines

1. 2.13

Interrupt trap area

1.1. 3

Engineering file

1.4

Changes unique to each driver are outlined in this section. For additional information, such as
table structures, see the sections in part II referenced above.
Driver deletion is described in step 5 of part I, section 3. Special information on the 1706 buffered
data channel (section 2.1) and special instructions for any driver to be installed on mass memory
(section 2.15) are also in this section.
Standard Installation

I/o

Capabilities

The drivers incorporated on the standard install tape allow formatted read and writes and/or
unformatted read and writes on all devices except on magnetic tape. The magnetic tape drivers
only allow formatted I/O. To have unformatted I/o for magnetic tape, add RWBA and delete
*S, RWBA, 7FFF from the install tape.

60282700

11-2-1

Outline of Section 2
Those drivers preceded by an asterisk in the list below are already on the released system tape.
Section
1706 buffered data channel

2.1

Card Readers
1726-405 card reader

2.2

1728-430 card reader/punch

2.3

1729-2 card reader

2.4

Disk and Drum
*1738-853/854 disk

2.5

1751 drum

2.6

Line Printer
1740-501 line printer

2.7

Mangetic Tape Devices
1731-601 buffered magnetic tape unit

2.8

1731-601 unbuffered magnetic tape unit

2.9

1732-608/609 magnetic tape unit

2.10

Paper Tape Unit
*1777 paper tape station

2.11

Teletypewri ters
*1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter

2.12

1713 reader/punch teletypewriter

2.13

Timer
1572/1573 timer
Mass memory driver information

1I-2-2

2.14
2.15

60282700

2.1

1706 BUFFERED DATA CHANNEL

The 1706 buffered data channel may be used to buffer any of the following devices:
1726-405 card reader
1732-608/609 magnetic tape unit
1731-601 magnetic tape unit
Installation procedures are:
1.

Assemble the driver and obtain a relocatable binary
a.

If buffering the 1726-405, assemble CR405, setting the equate to 1:

Label

Address

CR405

DCK/

I=lu, H=lu

DEL/

138

EQU

BUFER (1)

Comments

END/
b.

If buffering the 1731-601, assemble the following modules:
TAPDRB
RWBAB
FRWAB
FRWBB
RECVTB
TAPE

c.
2.

If buffering the 1732-608/609, assemble DR1732, setting the P2 parameter to BUF

Assemble the BUFALC module, setting the equate to the number of devices on each converter.
BUFALC

DCK/

I=lu, H=lu

DEL/

38,40

EQU

NDEV1(x)

Number of devices on converter 1

EQU

NDEV2(x)

Number of devices on converter 2

EQU

NDEV3(x)

Number of devices on converter 3

END/

60282700

11-2-3

SYSBUF: Insert a PHYSTB using the information in part II, section 1. 2. 12.
word 7 to 1.

SYSBUF: Insert an interrupt response routine similar to the following:
a.

1726-405
Label

INT405

Address

ENT

INT405

LDQ

=XCR405

JMP

(CR405+2)

ENT

IN601

LDQ

=XTPPDR1

JMP

(TPPDR1+2)

ENT

TPBUSY

ADC

ENT

TPINT

LDQ*

TPBUSY

LDA-

2,Q

STA-

JMP-

(ZERO),I

1732-608/609

TPBUSY

TPINT

1731-601

INT601

Set bit 12 of

LOCORE: Assemble LOCORE setting up the interrupt trap area with the appropriate level and
interrupt response routine address. In the example below, x is the priority level; y is the
interrupt response routine name. All buffered drivers must run at the same priority level.
LINEx

II-2-4

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EXT

60282700

2.2

1726-405 CARD READER DRIVER

2.2.1 DESCRIPTION
The 1726-405 card rea.der driver allows data input from the 405 card reader to core.
may be installed mass memory or core resident.

This driver

2.2.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
SYSBUF
System tables and parameters

Physical device table

107

Diagnostic timer table

111

Driver Requirements
Hardware conversion non-buffered

351

Hardware conversion buffered

384

Software conversion non-buffered

451

Software conversion buffered

464

2.2.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

Insert an interrupt entry similar to the following into the appropriate interrupt trap area of
LOCORE. Priority 8 is used for this example.
Address

Label
LINEx

60282700

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

INT405

11-2-5

Insert in LOGIA after EQU Lx(*)
Label

Address

ADC

CR405

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

Insert in LOG1 :

Insert in LOG2:

If the system has a timer package, insert in the diagnostic timer table:

ADC

CR405

Modify the MASKT according to part II, section 1. 2. 3.

Installation tape:

Replace LOCORE and SYSBUF with the newly updated versions

Insert BUFALC as a core resident module after an *L statement

Insert the driver as core resident or as mass memory

Construct a PHYSTB for the 1726-405 using the following instructions and sample PHYSTB as
a guideline:
a.

Declare the driver entry point names as external

Word 0: select the priority level of the scheduler request so tha t it corresponds to the
priority level selected in the appropriate interrupt trap area of LOCRE (step 1). The
sample PHYSTB below uses priority level 8

Words 1, 2, 3: determine the addresses of the initiator, continuator, and the error routine

Word 7: select the hardware connect address. The sample PHYSTB which follows uses
0201 which is derived from using equipment number 4 and directory function 1

1I-2-6

60282700

Address

EXT

IN1726, CNI726,EXI726, MAS405

NUM

$1208

ADC

IN1726

ADC

CN1726

ADC

EX1726

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

NUM

$0201

Equipment word

NUM

$1972

Request status

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

Driver length if mass memory

NUM

MAS405

Name associated with sector number

NUM

EOF card pattern

ADC

BF1726

Starting address of 80 word buffer

18-26

BZS

(9)

BZS

BFI726(80)

Word

Label

CR405

Significance

80 word buffer

Several assembly options are available. The released version of the 1726-405 driver
specifies an unbuffered system using ASCII 1963. To specify different options, change the EQU
BUFER and the EQU ASCI68 COSY cards. Change these cards before assembly and then make
a new binary tape. Following are the pos sible options:

60282700

EQU

BUFER(O)

Unbuffered driver

EQU

BUFER(I)

Buffered,driver

EQU

ASCI68(0)

Driver which converts ASCII 1963

EQU

ASCI68(1)

Driver which converts ASCII Hi68

EQU

ASCI68(2)

Driver which converts ASCII 1968
with CDC subset

EQU

MM(O)

Driver is core resident

EQU

MM(I)

Driver is mass memory

II-2-7

10.

Interrupt response routine for both the buffered and unbuffered driver.
Label

INT405

Address

ENT

INT405

LDQ

=XCR405

JMP

(CR405+2)

11.

Install the driver under a *L statement.

12.

If installing on mass memory, see part II, section 2.15.

2.3

1728-430 READER-PUNCH DRIVER

2. 3. 1 DESCRIPTION
The 1728-430 reader-punch driver executes at high priority while data is read in and at low priority
while data is interpreted, converted and packed. This minimizes possible destructive interactions
with other concurrently executing drivers.

2.3.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Core Memory
Driver

866

PHYSTB and buffer

107

System tables

977

2.3.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

0se the Macro Assembler to assemble the 1728-430 driver routine and to produce a
relocatable binary tape.

60282700

Following is an example of an interrupt trap which must be inserted with x as the interrupt
line on which the 1728-430 is to be connected:
Label

Address

LINEx

NUM

RI'J-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

I1728

EXT

I1728

Declare the following names as external and entry symbols in SYSBUF anywhere before END
and after NAM:
IN1728

EXT

CN1728

EXT

EX1728

EXT

MAS28

ENT

I1728

Insert into LOG1A the label associated with word 0 of the PHYSTB, x is the interrupt line to
be connected to the 1728-430.
EQU

Lx(*)

ADC

label

An interrupt response routine is advisable for the card reader to save time.
will suffice:
I1728

EXT

LDQ

=XCD1728

JMP*

(CD1728+2)

The following

Add a zero cell to LOGI at the logical unit position corresponding to the 1728-430 entry made
in LOG1A using the following form:
ADC

60282700

II-2-9

Add to LOG2 the following code at the logical unit position which corresponds to the 1728-430
entry made in LOG1A:
NUM

$FFFF

Modify MASKT according to instructions in part II, section 1. 2. 3.

Insert the following PHYSTB consisting of 27 words after the last PHYSTB inserted in the
system. After word 26, insert the 80 word buffer. Place a label on word 0 to match the
LOG1A entry.

10.

Word

Label

Address

CD1728

NUM

$120D

ADC

IN1728

Initiator entry

ADC

CN1728

Continuator entry

ADC

EX1728

Error entry

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

NUM

$0421

NUM

$08C6

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

Driver length if mass memory

ADC

MAS28

Name associated with sector number

NUM

ADC

BF1728

17-26

BZS

(9)

BZS

BF1728(80)

Significance

Magnetic tape equipment type to
allow motion control requests

U installing on mass memory, see part II, section 2.15.

60282700

2.4

1729-2 CARD READER DRIVER

2.4.1 DESCRIPTION
The 1729-2 card reader executes at high priority while data is read in and executes at low priority
while data is interpreted, converted, and packed. This minimizes possible destructive interaction
with other concurrently operating drivers.

2.4.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Core Memory
Driver

440

PHYSTB and buffer

107

System tables

4
551 words of core memory

2.4.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

With x as the interrupt line on which the 1729-2 is to be connected, insert the following in the
interrupt trap area of LOCORE:
Label

LINEx

Address
EXT

11729

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

11729

Insert the following names as external symbols in SYSBUF anywhere between NAM and END:

60282700

EXT

EX1729

EXT

IN1729

EXT

CN1729

EXT

MAS292

II-2-11

Enter into WGlA the label associated with word
Label

Address

ADC

label

Insert in LOGI a zero cell at the index position corresponding to the 1729-2 entry made in LOGIA:

ADC
5.

°of the PHYSTB:

Add to the LOG2 at the logical unit position corresponding to the 1729-2 entry made in LOGIA:
NUM

$FFFF

Modify the MASKT according to the instructions in part II, section 1. 2. 3.

Insert this PHYSTB with a label on word 0:
Word

Label

CD1729

Address

Significance

NUM

$120x

x is the initiator priority level
which should equal the priority
of the interrupt line in program
LOCORE.

ADC

IN1729

ADC

CN1729

ADC

EX1729

4-6

NUM

"'-1,0,0

NUM

$621

Equipment word (equipment C)

NUM

$IC72

Equipment type

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

ADC

°MAS292

NUM

II-2-12

°$xxxx

Driver iength is mass memory
Name associated with sector
number

xxxx represents the 12 bits of
column one which are to be interpreted as an end file card. For
example: $0006 would mean that
8 punch is an end of file.

60282700

Word

Label

Address

Significance

ADC

BF1729

BFl729 is the address of an 80
word BZS in the SYSBUF program.

18-26

BZS

(9)

BZS

BF1729(80)

If the driver is to be mass memory, word 13 of the PHYSTB is as follows:

NUM
8.

Driver length

Enter the following interrupt response routine into SYSBUF:

11729

2.5

$lCC

ENT

11729

LDQ

=XCD1729

JMP*

(CD1729+2)

Exit to the continuator

1738-853/854 DISK DRIVER (DISKWD)

2.5. 1 DESCRIPTION
The 1738-853/854 disk driver provides the capability for data transfer to and from the disk as a
mass memory device. Additionally, the disk driver handles the transfer of mass memory resident
programs into core as a result of SCHDLE requests. This driver permits word address ability
simulation.
The 1738 disk interface uses the direct storage access bus for its input/output to provide completely
buffered operation. The disk driver complements this capability by requiring control upon end-ofoperation of error condition only as indicated by an interrupt.

2.5.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Mass Memory
None

60282700

II-2-13

Core Memory
Core requirements for one disk driver are:
425 words

Driver
System tables and parameters

3 words

Logical unit tables
Physical equipment table

22 words

Interrupt response routine

3 words

OVRLA Y subroutine

8 words

4 words

Interrupt trap region

465 words
Core requirements for a two disk driver are the same as for one disk driver except for the
following deviations. Logical unit tables require a total of 6 words and the two PHYSTB s require
a total of 44 words.

2.5.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

Insert the following four-word interrupt entry using the desired interrupt line in place of x.
Label
LINEx

Address
NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

Insert in LOGlA an entry for each disk.
Using one disk
ADC

DISK 0

ADC

DISKO

ADC

DISKl

Using two disks

II-2-l4

60282700

Insert in LOGI an entry for each disk.
Using one disk
Label

Address
ADC

ADC

Using two disks

Insert in LOG2 an entry for each disk.
Using one disk
NUM

$FFFF

NUM

$FFFF

NUM

$FFFF

Using two disks

Insert the following coding in SYSBUF:
ENT

DISKO

EXT

DKINTR, DKCONT, DKDIAR

Insert the following PHYSTB when installing one disk driver:
Word

Label

Address

DISKO

NUM

$1209

ADC

DKINTR

ADC

DKCONT

ADC

DKDIAR

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

ADC

$181

60282700

II-2-15

Word

Label

Address

Comments

ADC

$xxxx

$1086 if using the 853
$1096 if using the 854

ADC

$200

10-15

BZS

(6)

ADC

$11 A

ADC

18-21

BZS

(4)

18 to 21 overlay calls moved to
here

Insert the following PHYSTB for two disks per controller:
0

DISKO

Library and scratch disk

NUM

$1209

ADC

DKlNTR

ADC

DKCONT

ADC

DKDIAR

4-16

NUM

-1,0,0, $181, $1056, $200, 0,0,0,0,0,0, $11A

ADC

DISKI

18-21

BZS

(4)

NUM

$1209

ADC

DKINTR

ADC

DKCONT

ADC

DKDIAR

4-i6

NtJM

-1,0,0, $181, $1056, $200,0, 0, 0, $1000, 0,0, $31A

AbC

DISK 0

18-21

BZS

(4)

Words 18 to 21 are for overlay
calls moved here

*
*
0

II-~-16

DISKI

Words 18-21 overlay calls moved
here

60282700

If the time-out surveillance is desired, insert the following entries into the diagnostic timer
table.

For one disk
Label

Address
ADC

DISKO

ADC

DISKO

ADC

DISK1

For two disks

DKDIAG, the disk diagnostic subroutine, resides in SYSBUF and handles all error recovery for
the driver. If the user wishes to supply his own routine, that routine must comply with the
following requirements which apply to the present standard version.
If a read of a system directory program into allocated core produces an error, this
allocated core mus t be released.
It can take diagnostic action as desired.
It is a closed subroutine which is entered by a RTJ instruction.

It must be entered with the disk PHYSTB address in the I register to allow access to the
request parameters for diagnostic action.
The standard version types the message:
MASS MEM ERR code

Time-out error; 1738 malfunction; no completion interrupt occurred as a result
of disk operation initiation.

Internal or external reject occurred on an INP or OUT instruction. Possible
causes are: equipment turned off, erroneous equipment code, or 1738 malfunction

Alarm

Parity error

Checkword error

The nature of the error is also indicated in the Q register upon entry to DKDIAG with one of the
codes listed above. If an error occurs on a SCHDLE request, the assigned core area is released; no completion address is scheduled. When DKDIAG is finished, it returns control to
the driver with the I register intact.

60282700

II-2-17

2.6

1751 DRUM DRIVER

2. 6.1 DESCRIPTION
The 1751 drum driver (DRMDRZ) provides a capability for data transfer to and from the drum as a
mass memory device. Additionally, the drum driver handles the transfer of mass memory resident
programs into core as the result of SCHDLE requests.
The 1751 drum interface uses the direct storage access bus for its input/output to provide completely
buffered operation. The drum driver complements this capability by requiring control only upon
end-of-operation of error condition as indicated by an interrupt.

2.6.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Mass Memory
None
Core Memory
Driver

272 words

System tables and parameters
Logical unit tables

3 words

Diagnostic time-out (DGNTAB)

1 word

Physical equipment table

38 words

Interrupt response routine

3 words

OVRLA Y subroutine

8 words

Interrupt trap region
Diagnostic subroutine (DMDIAG)

4 words
33 words
362 words

1I-2-18

60282700

2.6.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

Insert the four-word interrupt entry which is associated with the drum interrupt line. It must
contain the following, with x as the particular interrupt line to be used.
Label

Address

LINEx

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

ADC

DRUM

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

ENT

INTDRUM

EXT

DRMINT, DRMCON, DRMERR

Into LOG1A, enter:

Enter into LOG1:

Into LOG2, enter:

Insert in SYSBUF:

Insert the interrupt response routine in SYSBUF:
INTDRM

LDQ

=XDRUM

JMP*

(DRUM+2)

EQU

E(2)

Add the following to SYSBUF:

60282700

11-2-19

When adding the drum PHYSTB, the driver priority level is 10, the equipment code is 2, the
coding is as follows:
Word

Label

Address

DRUM

NUM

$12AA

ADC

DRMINT

ADC

DRMCON

ADC

DRMERR

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

7-9

ADC

E*$80+1, $1066, $200

10-12

ADC

0,0,0

13-18

BSS

(6)

19-20

ADC

0, E*$80+$8

21-22

ADC

0, E*$80+$A

23-24

ADC

O,E*$80+$C

25-26

ADC

0,E*$80*$E

27-28

ADC

8, E*$80+$1

29-30

ADC

0,0

31-32

ADC

0,-1

33-35

NUM

4,0,0

36-37

ADC

E *$80, E *$80+ $4

Add the drum overlay subroutine in SYSBUF:
OVRLAY

OVRL1

II-2-20

lIN

LDA*

OVRLAY

ADD-

$32

STA*

ORVLl

RTJ-

($F4)

JMP-

($EA)

60282700

10.

If time-out surveillance is desired, add the following entry to the DGNTAB:

Word

Label

Address
ADC

11.

DRUM

DMDIAG, the drum diagnostic subroutine, resides in SYSBUF and handles all error recovery
for the driver. If the user wishes to supply his own routine, that routine must comply with the
following which apply to the present standard version:
If a read of a system directory program into allocated core produces an error, this
allocated core must be released.
It can take diagnostic action as desired.
It is a closed subroutine which is entered by a RTJ instruction.
It must be entered with the drum PHYSTB address in the I register to allow access to the

request parameters for diagnostic action.
The standard version types the message: MASS MEM ERR code.
Code

Significance

Time-out error; no completion interrupt occurred as a result
of initiation of a drum operation; 1751 malfunction

Request not successfully completed because of occurrence of an
irrecoverable error condition, defined previously

Timing synchronization error occurred while the drum was busy

Internal reject

External reject

Timing synchronization error occurred while the drum was busy

Not used

The request completion address parameter C lies within the
range of a transfer not completed because of an irrecoverable
error. This condition normally occurs as the result of a
SCHDLE OVRLAY request, and DMDIAG is responsible for
releasing core assigned by the SPACE request processor,
if desired

Guarded address error on a WRITE or FWRITE request

The nature of the error is also indicated in the Q register upon entry to DMDIAG with one of
the codes above. When DMDIAG is finished, it returns control to the driver with the I register
intact.

60282700

II-2-21

2.7

1740·501 LINE PRINTER DRIVER

2. 7. 1 DESCRIPTION
The 1740-501 line printer driver allows data output from core memory to the 501 line printer.

2.7.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
511 words

Driver
System tables and parameters

6 words
20 words

PHYSTB

2 words

Diagnostic timer table

539 words of core memory

2.7.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

Insert an entry similar to the following into the appropriate interrupt trap area of LOCORE:
Label

Address

Significance

LINEx

NUM

Entry

RTJ-

($FE)

Interrupt handler

NUM

Priority level

ADC

EPROC

Interrupt response routine

Insert in LOG1A after EQU Lx(*):
SLO

ADC

LP501

Non- FOR'rRAN

FLP

ADC

LP501

FORTRAN

ADC

$4000

Non- FORTRAN

ADC

$4000

FORTRAN

Insert in LOG1:

II-2-22

60282700

Insert in LOG2:
Label

Address

Significance

NUM

$FFFF

Non- FORTRAN

NUM

$FFFF

FORTRAN

If the timer package is used, add the PHYSTB addresses to the diagnostic timer table.

ADC

LP501

Non- FORTRAN

ADC

LP501

FORTRAN

Construct a PHYSTB for the 1740-501 using the following instructions and sample PHYSTB as a
guideline:
a.

Declare the driver entry points external.

Word 0: select the priority level of the scheduler request so that it corresponds to the
priority level selected in the appropriate interrupt trap area of LOCORE. Priority 10 is
used in this example.

Words 1,2,3: insert the addresses of the driver's initiator, continuator and error routine

Word 7: insert the hardware equipment connect code.
F, station 1

Word 8: insert the request status word

Word 19: insert the FORTRAN line printer logical unit number

Word

Address

EXT

IN501, CN501, ER501, MAS501

NUM

$120A

ADC

IN501

Initiator

ADC

CN501

Continuator

ADC

ER501

Error routine

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

NUM

$781

Hardware address

NUM

$2934

Request status

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

Driver length if mass memory

ADC

MAS501

Name associated with sector
number

15-18

NUM

0,0,0,0

ADC

FLP-LOGlA

60282700

Label

The example below uses equipment

LP501

Significance

FORTRAN logical unit

II-2-23

Install the driver under an *L statement.

If the driver is mass memory, replace word 13 of the PHYSTB with:
Word

Label
NUM

2.8

Address

Significance

$20E

Driver length if mass memory

1731-601 BUFFERED MAGNETIC TAPE DRIVER

2.8.1 INSTALLA TION REQUIREMENTS
The following modules with corresponding memory requirements are necessary:
TAPDRB

471 words

FRWAB

247

FRWBB

245

RECVTB

148

TAPE

171

RWBAB

1296 words of core memory

2. B. 2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

Make the standard changes to LOCORE and SYSBUF which are listed in the introduction to part II,
section 2. Also add space to AREAC of the SPACE driver for a buffer area which is three times
the maximum buffer size [(MAXVAL) *3+1]. The following procedures outline only those items
which are unique to the 1731 buffered magnetic tape driver.
1.

Insert the following in the interrupt trap area of LOCORE using the desired interrupt line:
Label
LINEx

I1-2-24

Address
NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

INT601

60282700

Insert into the LOGIA the first word label in the position corresponding to the interrupt line
to be used:
Label

Address

EQU 2

Lx(*)

ADC

TPPDRl

ADC

TPPDR2

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

NUM

$FFFF

Insert in LOGl:

Insert in LOG2:

Insert a PHYSTB similar to the one below:
Word

Label

Address

TPPDRI

NUM

$120B

ADC

TAPDRB

ADC

TAPCB

ADC

TAPHB

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

NUM

$1381

8-12

NUM

$896,0,0,0,0

NUM

ADC

MAS31

15-16

NUM

0, $414

ADC

TPPDR2

NUM

192

NUM

60282700

Significance

Driver length if mass memory

Maximum record size

II-2-25

Also insert the following entry points and externals:
Address

Label

ENT

TPPDRl

EXT

TAPDRB, TAPCB, TAPHB

EXT

MAS31

If the number of words requested is g·reater than the value in MAXVAL (word 18 of the PHYSTB),

the number is truncated to the value in MAXVAL. No error message is output. MAXVAL is
set to 192 in the standard system to allow COSY to run using records which are two sectors
in length.
Area 4 in SPACE must be increased.
system set area 4 to $241.
8.

For the standard
(

EPROC cannot be used as an interrupt response routine for buffered devices. A routine
similar to the following must be inserted.

INT601

2.9

The algorithm is (MAXVAL)*3+1.

ENT

INT601

LDQ

=XTPPDR1

JMP*

(TPPDRl+2)

1731-601 UNBUFFERED MAGNETIC TAPE DRIVER

2.9.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
The following modules with corresponding memory requirements, are necessary:
TAPEDR
RWBA
FRWA
FRWB
RECOVT
TAPE

495
134
213
259
141
14
1286

2.9.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
Make the standard changes listed in the introduction to part II, section 2 as well as following the
procedures unique to the 1731-601.
1.

Insert the following in the interrupt trap area of LOCORE using the desired interrupt line:

II-2-26

Label

Address

LINEx

NUM
RTJNUM
ADC

0
($FE)
11

EPROC
60282700

Insert into LOGIA the first word label of the PHYSTB in the position corresponding to the
interrupt line used by the 601. For example, after EQU Lx(*), insert:
Label

Address

ADC

TPPDRI

ADC

TPPDR2

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

Insert into LOGl:

Insert into LOG2:

Insert a PHYSTB similar to the following example:
Signifi cance

Address

EXT

TAPEDR, TAPEC, TAPEH, MAS31

NUM

$120B

ADC

TAPEDR

ADC

TAPEC

ADC

TAPEH

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

NUM

$381

NUM

$896

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

ADC

MAS31

15-16

NUM

0,$414

ADC

TPPDR2

Word

Label

0
1

TPPDRI

Drive"!" length is mass memory

The magnetic tape drivers only allow formatted I/O. To have unformatted I/O for magnetic
tape, add RWBA and delete *S, RWBA, 7FFF from the install tape.

60282700

11-2-27

2.10 1732-608/609 MAGNETIC TAPE DRIVER

2.10.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A 1732-608/609 is necessary for a buffered magnetic tape driver; a 1732-609 is necessary for an
unbuffered driver.

2.10.2 INSTALLA TION PROCEDURES
Make the standard changes listed in the introduction to part II, section 2.

Below are changes unique

to the 1732-608/609.
1.

For an unbuffered driver, insert an entry similar to the following into the appropriate interrupt
trap area of LOCORE.
Label
LINEx

Address
NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

Significance

Priority level

For a buffered driver, an interrupt response routine must be inserte~ instead of using EPROC.
Following is an example of an interrupt response routine for a buffered driver. This routine
can be placed in SYSBUF.
INT608

LDQ

=XTAPDR1

JMP*

(TAPDR1+2)

An interrupt trap entry, for the buffered 1732- 608/609 using the interrupt response routine
given above, is:
LINEx

II-2-28

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

INT608

EXT

INT608

Interrupt response routine for
buffered 608

60282700

Insert into the LOG1A table after EQU Lx(*):
Label

Address

ADC

TAPDRl

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

Insert in LOG1:

Insert in LOG2:

Insert in the diagnostic timer table:
ADC

TAPDR1

Insert a PHYSTB similar to the following:
Word

Address

EXT

TAPINT, TAPCON,TPHANG

NUM

$120B

Driver at level 11

ADC

TAPINT

Initiator

ADC

TAPCON

Continuator

ADC

TPHANG

I/O hang up

NUM

-1

Diagnostic clock

NUM

xxxx

$1281 for buffered driver
$281 for unbuffered driver

NUM

xxxx

$A66 for 608
$A76 for 609

NUM

Status word 1

NUM

o
o
o

60282700

Label

TAPDRl

Significance

11-2-29

Address

NUM

ADC

MAS32

NUM

Temp. storage

NUM

xxxx

$4CO for select unit 1

Word

Label

Significance

Dri ver length

$440 for select unit 0
Bits
15-11 Unused; set to zero

Select; set to one

9-7

Tape unit number (0-7)

Assembly mode of data
transfer; set to one

Select 200 BPI; set to zero

Select 556 BPI; set to zero

Select 800 BPI; set to zero

Binary (odd parity); set to
zero

BCD (even parity) 608
only; set to zero

Not used

ADC

TAPDR2

Address of next PHYSTB

NUM

Temporary storage

DR1732 is coded as a macro skeleton. To parameterize the driver for a particular configuration,
prepare a COSY control deck as follows:
Label

Address

DR1732

DCKI

I=lu, H=lu

DELI

TPDRGN

U-2-30

Pl,P2,P3,P4,P5,P6

60282700

The formal parameters P 1 through P 7 are defined as follows:
P1

Defines the residency of the driver
CORE

For core re sident

MASS

For mass memory resident. When MASS is specified the
following additional deck card is needed.
TAPCOR

DCK/

I=lu, H=lu

Defines the method of data transfer
BUF

For buffered transfers using a 1706 buffered data channel

UNBUF

For unbuffered transfers using the A/Q channels

Defines the type of tape drives which will be in the system: 608, 609, or BOTH

Defines the type of read/write requests to be processed

FORM

Only formatted requests are to be processed

REG

Only regular requests are to be processed

BOTH

Formatted and regular requests are to be processed

Defines whether error recovery for parity errors will be attempted
ERR

Recovery will be attempted

NOERR

The error bits are set; the request is completed

Defines the maximum tape record size for 608 units. If blank, 96 words are
assumed. The standard binaries were made using 192. This was done to allow
COSY to run records which are two sectors in length or 192 words.
9.

To obtain source, decosy the necessary decks specified above.

10.

Assemble the source of DR1732.

11.

If the driver is to be in core resident, insert it in the source tape before the SPACE module as
follows:

*L DR1732
12.

(binaries)

If the number of words requested is greater than the value specified in Pfi (step 8) the number is
truncated. No error message is output. P Q is set to 192 in the standard-system to allow COSY
to run using records which are two sectors m length.

Area 4 in SPACE must be increased.
set area 4 to $102.

60282700

The algorithm is (P 6)*4/3+2.

For the standard system

II-2-31

2.11 1777 PAPER TAPE STATION

2.11.1 GENERAL 1777 PAPER TAPE STATION INFORMATION
Description
The 1777 paper tape station driver drives either:
the 1777 paper tape station or,
the 1721/1722 paper tape reader or,
the 1723/1724 paper tape punch or,
both the 1721/1722 paper tape reader and the 1723/1724 paper tape punch.
The 1777 is composed of two drivers: the 1777 paper tape station punch and the 1777 paper tape
station reader.
Limitations
1704: The 1777 paper tape station driver is on equipment 1 and interrupt line 1 if it is used to
drive the 1721/1722 paper tape reader and/or the 1723/1724 paper tape punch. However, because
of the low speed common synchronizer, the 1777 paper tape station driver cannot be on equipment
1 if it drives the 1777.
1774 S. C.: When the 1777 paper tape station is used, there are no unique interrupt line and
equipment number restrictions.
Installation Procedures
The 1777 paper tape station driver is either mass memory or core resident, depending on equate MM.
Core Resident Installation:
1.

Equate MM to 0

Load the 1777 paper tape station reader and punch drivers under the *L statement.

Load STCK under the *L DRCORE. STCK (status check) is the program containing all common
routines for the 1777 station reader and punch drivers. It is used when the 1777 paper tape
station reader and punch drivers are core :resident. When the 1777 paper tape station reader and
punch drivers are mass memory, STCK is included in each program since program length is
not important.

Mass Memory Installation:
If installing on mas s memory, see part II, section 2. 15.

II-2-32

60282700

2.11. 2 1777 PAPER TAPE STATION READER DRIVER
Description
The 1777 paper tape station reader driver allows data input from the paper tape reader to core
memory. The reader driver is re-entrant so that it can handle multiple readers.
Installation Requirements
Mass Memory:
Driver

256

Logical unit tables

Diagnostic timer table

Physical equipment table

22
282 words of mass memory

Core Memory:
Driver

227

Logical unit tables

Diagnostic timer table

Physical equipment table

22
253 words of core memory

Installation Procedures
The following installation procedures are unique to the 1777 paper tape station reader driver.
1.

The following example is a four word interrupt trap entry associated with the low speed
common synchronizer. The example is assigned to line 1, priority level 10.

60282700

Label

Address

LINE1

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

I/o

II-2-33

Insert in LOGIA:
Label

Address

ADC

PPTRDR

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

Insert in LOGl:

Insert in LOG2:

Add the PHYSTB to the system tables and parameters using the following coding.
the priority level is 10, the equipment type is 1, the equipment class is 4.
Address

EXT

TR1777

EXT

PREADI, PTREAD, PTRERR

NUM

$120A

ADC

PREADI

ADC

PTREAD

ADC

PTRERR

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

NUM

$Al

NUM

$2012

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

ADC

°TR1777

15-21

BZS

(7)

°1

Label

PPTRDR

In this example

Comments

Word

Driver length if mass memory
Name associated with sector
number

Add the following entry to the diagnostic timer table (DGNTAB) if time-out surveillance on the
reader operation is desired:
ADC

PPTRDR

Modify MASKT according to instructions inpart II, section 1. 2.3.

8..

If the driver is mass memory, replace word 13 of the PHYSTB as follows:

NUM

I1-2-34

$100

60282700

2.11. 3 1777 PAPER TAPE STATION PUNCH DRIVER
Description
The 1777 paper tape station punch driver allows data output from core memory to the paper tape
punch. The driver punches eight level tape only. The punch driver is re-entrant so that it can
handle multiple punches.
Installation Requirements
Mass Memory:
Driver

240

Logical unit tables

Diagnostic timer table

Physical equipment table

22
265 words of mass memory

Core Memory:
Driver

165

Logical unit tables

Diagnostic timer table

Physical equipment table

22
191 words of core memory

Installation Procedures
The following ins tallation procedures are unique to the 1777 paper tape station punch driver.
1.

The following example is a four word interrupt entry associated with the low speed I/O common
synchronizer. The example is assigned to line 1, priority level 10.
Address

Label
LIN E.!

60282700

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

II-2-35

Into LOG1A enter:
Label

Address

ADC

PPTPCH

ADC

NUM

$FFFF

EXT

TP1777, PUNCH!, PUNCDR, PUNERR

Into LOG1 enter:

Into LOG2 enter:

Enter as an external:

Insert the following PHYSTB.
equipment type is 2.

The driver priority level is 10, the equipment class is 4, the

Word

Address

ADC

TP1777

NUM

$120A

ADC

PUNCH!

ADC

PUN CDR

ADC

PUNERR

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

ADC

$C1

ADC

$2024

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

Driver length if mass memory

ADC

TP1777

Name associated with sector
number

15-21

BZS

(7)

II-2-36

Label

PPTPCH

Comments

60282700

If time-out surveillance over punch operations is desired, insert the following entry
into the diagnostic timer table:

Address

Label
ADC

PPTPCH

Modify MASKT according to instructions in part II, section 1. 2. 3.

Validation Option Procedures: If the validation check and repunch is required, equate VALERR
to 1 in the driver source, and assemble the driver. This is a hardware feature which is available
only on the 1777 paper tape station.
EQU

10.

VALERR(l)

If the driver is mass memory replace word 13 of the PHYSTB as follows:

NUM

60282700

$112

II-2-37

2.12 1711 /1712/1713 TEUTYP EW I IT EI D IIV EI
2.12.1 DESCRIPTION
The 1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter driver executes under the MOOS operating system to provide
the capability for data input/output between core memory and the teletypewriter keyboard. The
teletypewriter connects directly to the 1704 computer and is part of the low-speed I/O common
synchronizer package.
The 1711/1712/1713 driver processes requests made by user programs for data transfer between core
memory and the teletypewriter. The requests are READ, FREAD, WRITE, and FWRITE.

2.12.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Core Memory
319 words

Driver
Logical unit tables

3 words

Diagnostic timer table

1 word

16 words

Physical equipment table

339 words of core memory
Mass Memory
None

2.12.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
The equipment code is preset to one for all low-speed I/O common synchronizer devices.
1.

The following four-word interrupt entry must be in the interrupt trap area of the LOCORE program.
It is associated with the low-speed I/O common synchronizer package and is assigned to interrupt

LINE1:

II-2-38

Label

Address

LINE 1

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

60282700

Enter the following into LOG1A:
ADC

Enter the following into LOG1:
ADC

TELPTR

Declare the following external:
EXT

$FFFF

Declare the following entry point:
ENT

Enter the following into LOG2:
ADC

TELPTR

TYPEI, TYPEDR, TYPERR

In forming the PHYSTB for the 1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter driver, use the following information:

driver priority level

equipment type

equipment class

Add the PHYSTB to the system tables and parameters (SYSBUF) using the following coding:
Word

Label

Address

TELPTR

NUM

$120A

ADC

TYPEI

ADC

TYPEDR

ADC

TYPERR

4-6

NUM

-1,0,0

7-8

ADC

$91,$3006

9-15

BZS

(7)

If time-out surveillance over teletypewriter operation is desired, enter into the diagnostic timer
table in SYSBUF the following entry:

ADC
9.

TELPTR

Modify MASKT according to instructions in part II, section 1.2.3.

60282700

11-2-39

2.13 1713 TELETYPEWRITER READER/PUNCH DRIVER

2. 13.1 DESCRIPTION
The 1713 teletypewriter reader/punch driver provides either keyboard, or paper tape and printer, or
paper tape output. The reader and punch modules reside on mass memory. The keyboard module
must be core resident. It processes requests made by user programs between core memory and the
teletypewriter.

2. 13.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Core Memory
MASDRV and buffer (equated to LNGTH)
System tables and parameters
Physical equipment tables
Common continuator (S13CON)
Diagnostic timer table
Keyboard printer

142+buffer size
12
60
11
3

379
607 + buffer size

Mass Memory
S13002 reader
S13003 punch

274
272
546

2.13.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
The following procedures are unique to the 1713 teletypewriter reader/punch driver.

The 1713 is part of the low-speed package which is loaded into the computer on interrupt line 1.
Only the keyboard device table address must be included with the other device addresses using
line 1. The 1713 reader and punch may be independent of line 1, since the continuator of the
modules determines which module is active. Therefore, the reader and punch may be assigned
any logical unit numbers. The 1713 reader and punch should not be assigned to any other interrupt.
line. Refer to part II, section 1. 2. 2 for information on interrupt line assignment.

II-2-40

60282700

Label

Address

LINE1

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

NUM

ADC

EPROC

Insert the following into the LOG1A table:
ADC

S13KBD

Entry in keyboard PHYSTB

ADC

S13RDR

Entry in reader PHYSTB

ADC

S13PCH

Entry in punch PHYSTB

Insert the following into LOG1:
ADC

ADC

Insert the following into LOG2:
NUM

$FFFF

NUM

$FFFF

NUM

$FFFF

Insert the following into SECPRO for each module:
NUM

Comments

$7FFF

If the timer package is to be used, add the device table addresses to the diagnostic timer table.

ADC

S13KBD

ADC

S13RDR

ADC

S13PCH

ENT

S13BZY, S13MOD

ENT

S13KBD, S13RDR, S13PCH

ENT

S13CON

EXT

S13KI, S13KC, S13KER

EXT

MASDRV, MI, MASHNG

EXT

Ml713R, Ml713P

Declare the following:

60282700

11-2-41

Insert the following physical equipment tables:
Label

Address

S13BZY

NUM

S13MOD

NUM

°
°

ADC

S13KC

NUM

$120A

ADC

S13KI

ADC

S13CON

ADC

S13KER

4-8

NUM

-1,0,0,$91,$3266

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

15-16

NUM

°
°0,0

Word

*KEYBOARD PHYSTB

°1

S13KBD

Comments

Keyboard continuator

Must be zero

*READER PHYSTB
S13RC

ADC

S13RDR

NUM

°$12OA

ADC

MASDRV

ADC

S13CON

ADC

4-8

NUM

°-1,0,0,$91,$2282

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

$112

Driver length

NUM

Ml713R

Name associated with sector number

NUM

0,0,0,0

°1

*
15-18

II-2-42

60282700

Word

Label

Address

S13PC

ADC

S13CON

NUM

$120A

ADC

MASDRV

ADC

S13CON

ADC

MASHNG

4-8

NUM

-1,0,0,$91,$2274

9-12

NUM

0,0,0,0

NUM

$11A

Driver length

ADC

MI713P

Name associated with sector number

NUM

0,0,0

LDQ*

S13BZY

SQN

ENQ

KBDLU

LDQ

LOGlA,Q

TRQ

INQ

-1

LDQ-

(ZERO),Q

STQ-

TRA

JMP-

(ZERO),I

Comments

*PUNCH PHYSTB

*
15-17
*COMMON CONTINUATOR
1

4-5

S13CON

Equate the logical unit of the keyboard to KBDLU as:
EQU

60282700

KBDLU(4)

11-2-43

10.

11.

Names which are associated with reader and punch sectors are:
reader module

*8, Ml713R, 8

punch module

*8, Ml713P. 8

Load the punch and reader modules under separate *M statements with *8 statements immediately
after the respective relocatable binary.
*M

1713 READER

813002
*8, Ml71aR, S
*M

1713 PUNCH

813003
*St Ml713P. S
12.

Install the keyboard module. S13001, and MASDRV as core resident modules under an *L statement.

13.

Modify MASKT as in part II, section 1.2.3.

11-2-44

60282700

2.14 1572/1573 TIMER
Install the timer (TIMINT) routine at system initialization time.

Rebuild the installation tape to include the TIMINT routine. Before assembling the system tables,
initialize the. following timer external parameters which define system variables and are necessary
for timer operation:
TIMCPS

Determines timer operating frequency,. If, for example. TIM CPS is
equated to 60 (as in the example below) the timer interrupts every 60
seconds.

TIMACK

Contains equipment and station used to acknowledge timer interrupt.
Modify this parameter if the equipment number for the 1750 Data and
Control Terminal is also modified.

NSR

Establishes upper limit on the number of timer completion addresses
scheduled for each timer interrupt. Excess addresses are handled
on the next interrupt.

Insert the following coding sequence in the System Tables for the 1572/1573
Op

Address

Com.ments

ENT

TODLVL

Time of day timer req. with level

ENT

TIMCPS

Timer cycles per second

ENT

TIMEC

Timer cycles per 1 sec -1

ENT

TIM:ACK

Timer achnowledge code

ENT

NSCHED

Max. num. of com.p adrs per int

TIMCPS

EQU

TIMCPS (60)

TIMEC

EQU

TIMEC (TIMCPS/10-1)

TIMACK

EQU

TlMACK ($401)

NSR

EQU

NSR(5)

NSCHED

ADC

NSR

TODLVL

EQU

TODLVL ($1,006)

Label

Initialize interrupt line x in LOCORE so that it will accommodate the timer interrupt. Insert the
following coding in the interrupt trap area of LOCORE:
LINEx

60282700

NUM

RTJ-

($FE)

Common interrupt handler

NUM

Priority level of timer INT

ADC

TIMINT

1572/1573 timer interrupt'processor

II-2-45

For the 1572 timer add the following
Label

TIVALU

Address

ENT

TIVALU

EQU

TlVALU (xxxx)

Comments

xxxx is a value from 1 to 4000

If the 1572 timer is used, replace TIMACK with the following:

TIMACK

EQU

TlMACK($Oxx3)

Bits 7-10 contain the equipment code

2.15 MASS MEMORY DRIVERS
If a driver is to be placed on mass memory, use the following instructions. For an example of an
installation tape see part III, section 7.1.3.

Assemble the drivers that are to reside on mass :memory, setting the equate to 1
Addres$
EQU

MM(1)

For each mass memory resident driver, insert the length of the driver into word 13 of the driver
PHYSTB. Following is a list of these values.

Driver

Lesth

Card Rettder
1726-405 unbuffered

$173

:t72S·405 buffered

$194

1728-430

$37A

1729·Z-

$1CC

Line Printer
1740-501

$20E

Magne tic Tape

11-2-46

1731-601 buffered

$51F

1731-601 unbuffered

$4:88

1732-608/609 buffered

$3.EC

1732-608/609

$3CF

60.262700

Driver

Length

Paper Tape Station
1777 reader

$FF

1777 punch

$F8

Teletypewriter
1713 reader

$112

1713 punch

$110

Assemble the system tables and parameters program.

There are two options for the mass memory driver control program:
MASDRV

for single buffered. MASDRV requires a buffer length the size of the largest driver
residing on mass memory.

DBLDRV

for double buffered. DBLDRV requires a buffer length the size of the two largest
drivers residing on mass memory.

Several assembly options in MASDRV and DBLDRV must be chosen to fit the configuration.
options are the same in MASDRV and DBLDRV.
a.

Leave the priority level at which the control program runs at 10 for the standard system. No
driver residing on mass memory can run below this priority level.
Label

Address
EQU

These

Comments

CMPRL(10)

Equate the number of drivers residing on mass memory:
EQU

NMASDR()

The 1777 and the 1713 must each be counted as two drivers.
c.

Equate the length of the largest driver for MASDRV or the length of the two largest drivers for
DBLDRV:
EQU

LNGTH()

Equate the following values according to which magnetic tape driver is mass memory resident.
Only one magnetic tape driver may be mass memory resident~ If none of the magnetic tape
drivers are mass memory resident, set all of the following equates to zero.
Equate MT to one if any magnetic tape driver is mass memory resident:
EQU

60282700

MT(I)

II-2-47

Equate one of the following to one, according to the magnetic tape driver selected:
Label

Address

Comment

EQU

D1731(

1731/1732 unbuffered (TAPEDR)

EQU

B1731(

1731/1732, buffered (TAPDRB)

EQU

D1732(

1732-608/609 (DRI732)

If any of the following drivers are selected to reside on mass memory, set the respective
equate to a one. If any of the drivers are core resident or are not used, set the equate to zero:

EQU

D1726(

1726-405 card reader

EQU

D1728(

1728-430 card reader

EQU

D1729(

1729-2 card reader

EQU

D1740(

1740-501 line printer

EQU

D1777R(

1777 paper tape reader

EQU

D1777P(

1777 paper tape punch

EQU

D1713(

)

1713 reader and punch

Install MA8DRV or DBLDRV as a core resident module under an *L statement and before any of the
mass memory resident drivers.

Install the mass memory drivers under a separate *M statement with the *8, name, 8 statement
placed immediately after the relocatable binary of the mass memory resident driver. The names
referred to in the *8 statement are associated with the sector number of the drivers when they are
mass memory resident. These names, which are listed below, are declared external in 8YSBUF.
Card reader
1726-405

MAS405

1728-430

MA828

1729-2

MA8292

Line printer
1740-501

MAS501

Magnetic tape

II-2-48

1731

MAS31

1732

'MAS32

602'82700

Paper tape
1777 reader

TR1777

1777 punch

TP1777

Teletypewriter
1713 reader

MI713R

1713 punch

MI713P

Example:
*M
PRT40

address

*S,MAS501,S
*M
CR405

address

*S, MAS405, S
*M
DR1732

address

*S.. MAS32, S
7.

Delete the respective *S, name, 7FFF from the standard release tape.

60282700

II-2-49

OTHER MODIFICATIONS

Section 3 defines the following possible modifications:
Section
Building an initializer

3.1

Manual input for process program (M1PRO)

3.2

User request modules

3.3

Re-entrant FORTRAN library package

3.4

Non-re-entrant FORTRAN library package

3.5

Output message buffering package

3.6

3.1

BUILDING AN INITIALlIER

3.1. 1 AVAILABLE MODULES

CONTRLt

Control module

LIBt

Library generation module

IDRIVt

Input control module (input device driver)

MDRIVt

Mass storage driver control module

CDRIVt

Comment control module (comment device driver)

1LOADt

Resident loader

Pre-resident load initialization

12t

Post-resident load initialization

MSDISKtit

Pre-resident initialization 853/854 disk driver

MSDRUlYl iii

Pre-resident initialization 1751 drum driver

I2DISKttt

Post-resident initialization 853/854 disk driver

12 DRUM ttt

Post-resident initialization 1751 drum driver

MTIDRVtt

601 magnetic tape driver

t
tt

Required modules
Optional according to configuration
ttt Normally either the disk or drum drivers are used, not both

60282700

II-3-1

PTIDRVit

1721/1722 paper tape reader driver

LPRINTit

1742 line printer driver

CDIDRVit

1728-430/1729-2/1726-405 card reader drivers

3.1.2 PROCEDURES FOR GENERATING AN INITIALIZER

Obtain all necessary and optional modules from MSOS COSY tape, and assemble them.

Use the relocatable binaries received as input to LIBEDT.

Assign input to the logical unit containing the binaries.

Type LIBEDT
Press RETURN

Type *K,Ilu
Press RETURN

Type *p
Press RETURN

All input is read
Message LUluFAILED 02

Type CU
Press RETURN

At this time, the absolutized binary is punched on the paper tape. The following is printed on the
list device as unlinked. This is to provide easy linking of user modules when required.
13
14

10.

For tape format, see part III, section 7.1. Record 1 of the initializer tape is the absolutized
checksum loader. Record 2 of the initializer is the absolutized binary programs. Therefore, when
the binaries have been absolutized, insert them after the checksum loader which has been assembled
and absolutized.
ABSOLUTIZED

CHECKSUM

LOADER

ABSOLUTIZED BINARY

INITIALIZER

it Optional according to configuration

II-3-2

60282700

3.2

MANUAL INPUT FOR PROCESS PROGRAM (MIPRO)

The manual input to the process program (MIPRO) is part of the operating system. If the input
entered after a manual interrupt does not begin with an asterisk (* indicates a job processor control
statement), the routine is scheduled by the manual interrupt processor (MINT) at level 3. The Q
register is set to the address of the ASCII input buffer on entry to MIPRO.
If the MIPRO program is not included in the operating system at initialization time, the manual
interrupt processor rejects input following a manual interrupt which does not begin with an asterisk.
A J05 error message is printed.
The version of MIPRO which is supplied checks the input buffer for either DB or DX. All other
inputs are rejected and the message ER is printed. If the input begins with DB, the program with
the system directory entry name ODEBUG (On-Line Debug Package) is scheduled at level 3. If the
input begins with DX, a flag (CHRSFG) in SYSBUF is set for the ODEBUG routine. When this flag
is set, ODEBUG terminates and releases its core.
MIPRO must terminate by clearing the flag word MIB in the manual interrupt processor and then
returning to the dispatcher.
MIPRO usually resides on mass storage as part of the system library, but it may be made core
resident. Each user may add his own control statements to MIPRO to manually control the process.
To add a user request to MIPRO:
1.

For the entry point of the request processor module, add the following with xxxxxx as the
entry point:
Label

Address
EXT

xxxxxx

Add to the end of the CODl table:
ALF

l,xx

xx are the same control characters used to call the user program.
3.

Add the following entry in the same numeric position as it is in the CODl table:
JMP*

GETIND

Add the following to the INDEX table with xxxxxx as the entry point of the request processor
module:
ADC

60282700

(xxxxxx)

II-3-3

3.3

USER REQUEST MODULES

3.3. 1 PROCEDURES
The 1700 operating system allows 30 request processors in the standard release. The first 20 of
these (T1-T20) are reserved for the operating system. The last 10 may be designated by the user
(T21-T30).
Add a request processor to the system by supplying a processing program for the request and
assigning an entry point name of T21 to T30 to it. Include this program in the System Load as a
core resident entry and remove the *S which links it to $7 FFF. The request processor to be added
to the system must adhere to the following restrictions:
The entry point name must be one from T21 to T30
Enter the request processor program by entering the location of the parameter list into the
A register
The request processor must exit with a jump to the request exit entry point REQXT

3.3.2 CALLING SEQUENCE
A typical calling sequence to the request module is:
Address

Significance

RTJ-

($F4)

Go to monitor

NUM

$hhhh

Request code: bits 14-09 contain
the proces'sor request number
which is contained in the entry
point name (T21-T30).

Label

11-3-4

60282700

3.4

RE-ENTRANT FORTRAN LIBRARY PACKAGE

3.4.1 PREPARATION

Priority Level
If the re-entrant FORTRAN library package is to be used in the system and run at more than one
priority level, replace the NDISP and SCHEDU modules with the RDISP module. If the FORTRAN
library package is only to be run at one level, RDISP is not necessary; then remove FMASK and
FLIST from SYSBUF.

FMASK
FMASK is a location which indicates the software priority levels requiring the saving of the temporary
area used by the FORTRAN routines. Do not assign these levels to interrupt lines, since the interrupt
handler does not save the FORTRAN data. Set to one each bit position in FMASK that corresponds to
each level using FORTRAN. If too many levels are allowed to run FORTRAN programs, the overhead
for the low-priority programs may be unnecessarily high.
Example:
Label

Address

FMASK

NUM

$008C

This allows FORTRAN at levels 2, 3, and 7.
Levels 0 and 1 are reserved for unprotected programs and do not interrupt higher priority levels using
FORTRAN. Therefore, the mask is not set for levels 0 and 1. The mask usually is not set for 6
because level 6 is usually used for the invalid interrupt processor.
Table FLIST is the table of entry point locations in the FORTRAN library which must be saved to allow
re-entrant use of the library. The symbolic names must also be declared as externals (EXT) and must
appear as entry names (ENT) in the library subroutines.
FLIST

60282700

ADC

FEND-*-1

ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC

Q8QF21,Q8Q12F, Q8QF2F, RETAD, QSAVE
Q8PREP, Q8PKUP, Q8AB, ABS, IFALT, Q8SG
SIGN, Q8QFIX, Q8FX, Q8QFLT, Q8FLOT
IFIX, FLOAT, EXP, SQRT ,ALOG, TANH
SIN, COS, A TAN, FLOT, ARGUO

EQU
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT

FEND(*)
Q8QF21, Q8Q12F,Q8QF2F, RETAD, QSAVE
Q8PREP, Q8PKUP, Q8AB, ABS, IFALT, Q8SG
SIGN,Q8QFIX,Q8FX, Q8QFLT, Q8FLOT
IFIX, FLOAT, EXP,SQRT,ALOG, TANH
SIN, COS,ATAN, FLOT,ARGUO

I1-3-5

Q8STP
Also add the entry Q8STP to SYSBUF for use with the re-entrant library package:
Label

Q8STP

Address
ENT

Q8STP

NOP

JMP-

($EA)

3.4.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

Assemble RDISP and obtain a relocatable binary

Put the changes mentioned above under preparation into SYSBUF; assemble SYSBUF; obtain a
relocatable binary

Assemble and obtain binaries of the desired FORTRAN library routines

Re- Entrant Encode/Decode Routines
IOCODE
INITAL
RSTORE
IGETCH
IPACK
UPDATE
DECPL
INTGR
SPACEX
HOLRTH
DCHX
HXASC
AFRMOT
RFRMOT
AFRMIN
RFRMIN
ASCHX
HXDC
FLOTIN
FOUT
EOUT
EWRITE
FORMTR

II-3-6

60282700

Q8QFI
Q8QFX
A FORM
RFORM
HEXASC
HEXDEC
ASCII
DECHEX
fLOATG
INITLI
FORMTR
Q8QFI
Q8QFL
Q8QFX

FORTRAN 1/0 Routine
Q88IO

Monitor Interface Routine
FORTRA

Arithmetic Routines
Q8EXPR
Q8PRMS
Q8ABR
IFALTR
SIGNR
FXFLR
EXFLR
EXPRGR
SQRTFR
LNPRGR
TANHR
SNCSR
ARCPGR
FLOATR

60282700

11-3-7

Replace SYSBUF with the revised version of SYSBUF on the installation tape.

Also replace NDISP and SCHEDU with RDISP on the installation tape.

Insert the desired modules of the FORTRAN library package (listed under step 3) into the installation
tape under an *L statement.

Install the MSOS 3.0 system as it would normally be installed in part I, section 1.3.

3.5

NON-RE-ENTRANTFORTRAN

3. 5. 1 REQUIREMENTS

None

3.5.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
Non-re-entrant FORTRAN can be installed at the same time as MSOS 3.0 using an initializer *F statement.

Assemble and obtain relocatable binaries of the desired routines.
Encode/Decode
IOCODE
IGETCH
IPACK
UPDATN
DECPL
INTGR
SPACEN
HOLRTH
DCHX
HXASC
AFRMOT
RFRMOT
AFRMIN
RFRMIN
ASCII
HXDC
FLOTIN
FOUT
EOUT
EWRITE

11-3-8

60282700

AFORM
RFORM
HEXASC
HE;XDEC
DECHEX
FLOATG
FORMTR
INITL1
ASCHX
PSEUDO
Q8QFI
Q8QFL
Q8QFX
Q8QIO
Q8QGTX

Monitor Interface
FORTN
Arithmetic Routines
Q8EXPN
Q8PRMN
Q8AB
IFALT
SIGN
FXFL
EXPPRG
SQRTF
LNUPRG
TANH
SINCOS
ARCTPG
FLOAT
2.

Update the MSOS 3.0 installation tape listed in part III, section 7.1 by inserting the desired
relocatable binary programs after the *F statement on the installation tape.

When the system is installed, the program library will also be generated.

60282700

11-3-9

3.6

OUTPUT MESSAGE BUFFERING PACKAGE

3. 6.1 REQUIREMENTS
Reserve buffer area in core or in mass memory for exclusive use of the buffer package at
system initialization time. Reserve at least three times the maximum record size.
The user may reserve the last 1000 sectors of the disk for the software buffering package.
SECTOR is set to 2FFF during initialization, and the remaining sectors are used.
For core buffering, put a BSS block in SYSBUF.
For mass memory buffers, a *M, hhhh, s initializer statement may also be used.
A word addressable disk or drum driver is necessary for this version.
Replace the normal version of SYSBUF with one which defines the physical device tables
for the software buffered devices.
Include BUFFER as a core resident program.

3.6.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1.

The output message buffering package is added to the 1700 Operating System in the same way as
is a driver Insert a buffer table and a character buffer area for each buffer input logical unit by
using the BUFFER macro. The BUFFER macro generates a physical device table for each
buffered device.
0

BUFFER f, l,h,lu, rp, n
f

start address of buffer (LSB)

end of buffer address plus 1

most significant bits of mass memory buffer word address; to be blank for core buffer

logical unit for actual output

request priority for buffer output on this logical unit

character buffer size for actual output

When using the BUFFER macro, define the internal symbols as in the following example:
Label

Address
EQU

BFLEVL(10)

EQU

BFMMLU($8C2)

BFLEVL is the priority level of the buffer package
BFMMLU is the mass memory device logical unit
The BUFFER macro generates the following:

U-3-10

60282700

BTAB

Buffer Table Length 4310

42
43

Character Buffer Length n

~
n is the length of the character buffer specified in the macro call
BTAB is the address of the buffer table that must be put in the LOG1A logical unit table
The first 13 words of the table correspond to the standard 13 words required for all the physical
equipment tables for all devices. The additional parameters define buffering parameters, the
available core or mass memory area, and the character buffer size. The character buffer
follows the last word of the buffer table.
2.

Add a buffer table address to LOG1A:
Label

Address

ADC

BTABl

ADC

$FFFF

Add to LOG1:

Add to LOG2:

Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each buffer input logical unit.

Insert the foUowi ng macro in SYSBUF:

60282700

II-3-11

Label

Address

BUFFER

MAC

F, L, H, LU, RP, N

LOC

EXT

BUFDRI, BUFDRC

EXT

BWRITC, BREADC,BOUTPC

ADC

$1200+BFLEVL

ADC

BUFDRI, BUFDRC,BUFDRC
1-3

NUM

-0,0,0,0, $28A4

4-8

NUM

0,0,0,0,0

9-13

ADC

riW, riLri, riFri, riLri

14-17

ADC

$04 FO+BFLEVL

ADC

BWRITC, 0, BFMMLU

19-21

ADC

0,0

22-23

IFC

riHri, NE,

ADC

riHri

Comments

M.M. BFR

ElF
IFC

riHri, EQ,

NUM

$8000

ADC

riFri,O

25.,.26

ADC

BFLEVL *16+ B FLEVL+ $0200
27

ADC

BREADC, 0, BFMMLU

28-30

ADC

0, r!Ari, r!Hr!, riw, 0

31-35

VFD

N8/$OC, X4NRPri,X4/BFLEVL
36

ADC

BOUTPC, 0, r!LUr!

37-39

ADC

0, #r!, r!Nr!
r! Ari (r!Nri)

40-42

CORE BFR

ElF

BZS

CHAR BFR

EMC

11-3-12

60282700

The following devices can be software buffered:
1711/1712/1713 teletypewriter
1728-430 card punch
1777 paper tape station punch
1740-501 line printer

Using the macro above, construct a PHYSTB for each buffered device desired as follows:
Set the BUFFER macro up uSing sector 3000 and logical unit 4, the teletypewriter.
is as follows:
Label

Address

BUFFER

0,7FFF,$24,4,3,26

The macro

Assemble the BUFFER module and obtain a relocatable paper tape.

10.

Insert BUFFER and replace the existing SYSBUF with a revised version of SYSBUF on the
installation tape as core resident programs.

11.

Install the system as it would normally be installed.

60282700

II-3-13

OUTPUT BUFFERING PACKAGE PHYSTB GENERATED BY BUFFERED MACRO

$1200+LV

BUF DRI

BUFDRC

ELVL
Initiator Entry

EDIN

Continuator Entry

EDCN

BUFDRC

Diagnostic Entry

EDPGM

-1

Diagnostic Clock

EDCLK

Logical Unit Assigned

ELU

Request Address

EPTR

Hardware Address

EWES

Type Code

EREQST

$A4

Status Word 1

ESTATI

Start Core Address

ECCOR

End Core Address +1

ELSTWD

Status Word 2

ESTAT2

Number of Attempts

TIMER

Buffer Start

LOCB

Buffer End +1

ENDB

Temporary Buffer Start

FIRST

Temporary Buffer End +1

LAST

$04F O+LV

Mass Memory WRITE

DPLO

BWRITC

Completion Address

Thread

BFMMLU

Logical Unit

Length

DLEG

Core Address

DART

MSB of Mass Memory
Address

DTRACK

Buffer Store Pointer

STOR

U-3-14

STANDARD
PHYSTB

60282700

OUTPUT BUFFERING PACKAGE PHYSTB GENERATED BY BUFFERED MACRO (contd)

$200+16*LV+ LV

BREADC

BFMMLU

CHBUFF

Control Word

CONTRL

Mass Memory READ

DOUTO

Completion Address

Thread

Logical Unit

Length

OUTLNG

Core Address

DADR

MSB of Mass Memory
Address

OUTTK

Buffer Read Point

READ

$COO+16*RP+LV

BOUTPC

Control Word

SKELNG

Character Output FWRITE

OUTPO

Completion Address

Thread

Output Logical Unit

Length

41
42

60282700

CHBUFF
N

Address of Character
Buffer

ACHAR

Length of Character
Buffer

LCHAR

STANDARD
PHYSTB

II-3-15

CONVENTIONS

Terminate each teletype input by pressing RETURN.

To erase a teletype line:
Type

RUB OUT, LINE FE ED

Press

RETURN

After mounting a paper tape on the paper tape reader, press READY MASTER CLR on the
reader.

If the teletype BREAK light is on, press BRK RLS on the teletypewriter before attempting
to type.

Core locations are base 16; lengths are base ten.

When using the 1713 teletypewriter, it must be in K mode.

60282700

IlI-l-l

UNIT ASSIGNMENTS

2.1

LOGICAL UNIT, EQUIPMENT, AND INTERRUPT LINE

The released MSOS 3. 0 system configuration is:
Device
Core allocator

Logical unit

Interrupt line

Equipment

Card equipment
1726-405

1728-430

1729-2

1731-601 unit 0

1731-601 unit 1

1732-608 unit 2

1732-608 unit 3

1732-609 unit 4

1732-609 unit 5

1777 reader

1777 punch

1713 punch

1713 reader

Drum
1738-853 unit 0
Line Printer
1740-501
501 FORTRAN
Magnetic tape equipment

Paper tape equipment

Teletypewriter
1713 keyboard

Dummy

60282700

1II-2-1

2.2

INITIALllER LOGICAL UNIT AND EQUIPMENT

The lu numbers which are preceded by asterisks refer to devices which are preset to be the standard
devices during the execution of the initializer until the PP message appears.
lun

Device

Equipment Number

*1
2
3
*4
5
*6
7
8
10

1777
1728-430 or 1729-2
1731-601
1738-853/854
1751
1711/1712/1713
1740-501
Dummy
1726-405

1
10
7(A/Q channel)
3
3
1
F

2.3 SYSTEM UNIT

The standard system defines system units in LOG1A as follows:
System Unit
Input comment
Output comment
Binary input
Binary output
List
Library
Scratch

I1I-2-2

lun
4
4

2
3
9

8
8

60282700

FIELD CHANGE ORDER (FCO) LEVELS

The 1700 MSOS 3. 0 operating system is checked on a computer system which has cert.ain field
change orders (FCO) installed. All FeOrs issued by 12.1. 70 were installed on this test system.

60282700

III-3-1

INITIALIZER CONTROL STATEMENTS

Through the use of these statements, it is possible to incorporate control statements with the actual
binary programs.

4.1

·V ENTER STATEMENTS ON INPUT DEVICE

The *V statement instructs the system initializer to obtain subsequent control statements from the
input device.

4.2

·U ENTER STATEMENTS ON COMMENT DEVICE

The *U statements instruct the system initializer to obtain its next and subsequent control statements
from the comment device. This statement remains in effect until a *V statement is entered from the
binary input device. The *U may be used to return control to the teletypewriter wherever options may
be considered (loading a special routine from another device, deleting programs, etc.).

4.3

·S ASSIGN ENTRY POINT NAME

*8 patches external strings at system initialization time. It permits the name n to be assigned a value
and to be placed in the loader table as an entry point. The *8 statements may be used to define unpatched externals to eliminate the error printout on the listing (e. g., *8, THREE, 7FFF). The *8 can
also cause a program to be eliminated by doubly defining an entry point (e. g., *8, PRINTl, 7 FFF). This
is useful in modifying a system when the source is magnetic tape or disk.

4. 3. 1 *8,n, hhhh
This statement assigns the hexadecimal value hhhh to the entry point name n and places both in the
loader table. Previously defined external strings are patched with hhhh as are future references.

4.3. 2 *8,n, S
This statement assigns the value of the current mass storage sector to the entry point name n.
statement permits dynamic assignment of values to symbolic names.

This

4. 3. 3 *8,n, P
This statement assigns the current value of the program base to the entry point name n.
base is the next available core location into which the initializer loads.

60282700

The program

III-4-1

INITIALIZER PROCEDURES

The following procedures describe how to enter data into core memory, examine data j~n core memory,
and execute an instruction sequence. These procedures are incorporated into the system initialization
instructions detailed in part I, section 3.

5.1

ENTERING DATA INTO CORE MEMORY

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set all switches to the neutral positions

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set P register

Set push button register to the core location into which the first word is to be stored

.6.

Set ENTER/SWEEP switch to ENTER

Set X register

Enter first (or next) word of code into push button register

Momentarily move RUN/STEP switch to STEP

10. Clear the X register by pressing the display CLEAR button
11. Repeat steps eight through ten for all words to be entered
12. Release SELECTIVE STOP switch when finished

60282700

III-5-1

5.2

EXAMINING DATA IN CORE MEMORY

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set all switches to the neutral positions

Set SELECTIVE STOP switch

Set the P register

Set the push button register to the first core location to be examined

Set the X register

Set the ENTER/SWEEP switch to SWEEP

Momentarily move the RUN STEP switch to STEP

The data in the core location entered into the P register above will be displayed on the push
button register

10. Repeat step eight to display the next sequential word of core memory
11. Release SELECTIVE STOP switch when finished

S.3

EXECUTING INSTRUCTION SEQUENCE

Press master CLEAR switch on console

Set all switches to neutral position

Set the P register

Enter the core location for the first instruction of the sequence into the push button register

Set the A, Q, and X registers to their specified contents

Set the SELECTIVE STOP and/or the SELECTIVE SKIP switches if necessary

Momentarily set the RUN STEP switch to RUN

III-5-2

60282700

INSTALLATION MESSAGES

6.1

SYSTEM INITIALIZER MESSAGES

It informs the operator on the comment medium that the system initializer is ready
to begin operation.

Informs the operator (on comment medium) that system initializer is ready to accept
another control statement.

L,nn FAILED
ACTION

Appears when a driver cannot recover from an error. The operator can then take
corrective action and respond with either RP or CU. RP causes the request to be
repeated. CD causes the error condition to be reported to the program which made
the request. Any other entry causes ACTION to be retyped.

ERROR 1

Asterisk initiator missing

ERROR 2

Number appears in name field

ERROR 3

illegal control statement

ERROR 4

Input mode illegal

ERROR 5

No further *YM statements can be entered

ERROR 6

No further *y statements can be entered

ERROR 7

*F statement previously entered

ERROR 8

Name appears in number field

ERROR 9

illegal HEX core relocation field

ERROR A

illegal mass storage sector number

ERROR B

Error return from loader module

ERROR C

Unpatched external at conclusion of *M load

ERROR D

Unpatched external at conclusion of *L load

ERROR E

Field terminator invalid

ERROR F

More than 120 characters in control statement

ERROR 10

Ordinal name without ordinal number

ERROR 11

Doubly defined entry point

ERROR 12

Invalid ordinal number

ERROR 13

*F statement not previously entered

ERROR 14

Data declared during *M load but not by first segment. Initialization restarted

ERROR 15

Attempt made to enter data into location 0 or above location $FE. Initialization
restarted

ERROR 16

Irrecoverable mass storage I/O error

ERROR 17

Irrecoverable error.

60282700

Last program loaded was ignored
I1I-6-1

6.2

PROGRAM LOADING MESSAGES

All loading error messages appear on the standard print output device.
EOI

Irrecoverable input error; causes termination.

E03

Illegal or out-of-order input block; causes termination of load. This diagnostic
also appears on the comment device when illegal input from that device is
detected. The device is interrogated for a new statement.

E04

Incorrect common block storage reservation. Occurs if the largest common
storage declaration is not on first NAM block to declare common storage. The
loader uses the previously declared length and continues.

E05

Program too long or loader table overflow. Terminates loading. Occurs if
program to be loaded exceeds available unprotected core. It may be possible
to load the program by re-arranging the order of loading to insure entry points
are defined before they are referred to as external symbols. Loader produces
a memory map and list of unpatched externals prior to terminating the load.

E06

Attempt to load information in protected core; causes termination of load.

E07

Attempt to begin data storage beyond assigned block; causes termination of load.

E08

Duplicate entry point; loading is terminated.

EIO

Unpatched external. External name is printed following diagnostic. When all
unpatched externals have been printed, the operator may terminate the job or
continue execution regardless of unpatched externals.

Ell

Error in HEX block; loader skips remainder of block and resumes loading with
the next block. The starting address is printed following diagnostic.

E12

Two programs reference same external name; one with absolute addressing,
the other with relative addressing; loading is terminated.

E13

Undefined or missing transfer address; this code is not given if the loading
operation is part of system initialization. Occurs when loader does not
encounter a name for the transfer address or the name encountered is not
defined in loader's table as entry point name.

E14

Loader request operation code word illegal.

E15

Address in I2 table is greater than $FE; issued only during system initialization.
The post-resident loader initializer, 12 contains a table of information deSignated
for locations within the communication region. An entry in this table consists
of the storage address and the constant to be stored. If the address is greater than
$FE, this comment is printed.

III-6-2

60282700

6.3

JOB PROCESSING MESSAGES

PARITY, hhhh

Memory parity error at location hhhh16 .
device.

Message appears on output comment

Overflow of volatile storage.

Unintelligible control statement following a manual interrupt command.

L, nn F AILE~ code

Informs operator of device failure.

ACTION

Requests operator action when a failed device has no alternate.
identified in the FAILED diagnostic.

Message appears on output comment device.

The device is

logical unit number

code

code indicating cause of failure as follows. These are typical error
codes. See the indi vidual driver for the actual error codes.
00

I/O hangup

Internal or external reject

Alarm

Parity error

Checksum error

Internal reject

External reject

Echo check error on
punch operation

megal Hollerith punch

Sequence error

Non-negative record length

Change from read mode to
punch mode or vice versa

No ~ punch

Error in disk read of mass
memory driver

ALT,aa

Informs operator an alternate device, aa, has been assigned.

J01,hhhh

Program protect violation.
COll1ments device.

J02,hhhh

megal request or parameters at location hhhh16 .

J03, statement

Unintelligible control statement is output with the diagnostic.
device.

J04, statement

megal or unintelligible parameters in control statement.
device.

J05

Statement entered after manual interrupt illegal.

J06,hhhh

A threadable request was made at level one when no protect processor stack
space was available, or an unprotected threaded request was made at level one.
Standard comments device.

J07,hhhh

Unprotected program tried to access protected device from location hhhh.
Standard comments device.

J08,hhhh

Attempt to access read only unit for wri te, or write only unit for read, or an
attempt to access an unprotected request on a protected unit. Standard comments
device.

60282700

hhhh is current contents of P register.

Standard

Standard comment device.
Standard comments

Standard comments

Standard comment device.

III-6-3

6.4

DEBUGGING AND LIBRARY EDITING MESSAGES

The following messages appear on the output comment device. Both the system initializer and
LIBEDT will attempt error recovery whenever possible. illegal input statements are not processed.
BP,hhhh

Breakpoint program ready for input. The breakpoint address hhhhI6 is printed
only if breakpoint program was entered from previously set breakpoint.

BOI, statement

Statement or parameters are unintelligible for the breakpoint program.

B02,hhhh

hhh~6

B03,hhhh

Breakpoint limit exceeded.

B04

Previous *E statement requested entries in protected core.
processed; breakpoint program waits for new statement.

Recovery program ready to accept control statements.

LIB

Library editing program ready to accept control statements.

Job processor waiting for control statement from input comment device.

LOI

More than six characters in a parameter name presented to the library
edi ting program.

L02

More than 6 digits in a number presented to the library editing program.

L03

Improper system directory ordinal presented to the library editing program.

L04

Invalid control statement presented to the library editing program.

L05

illegal field delimiter in a control statement presented to the library editing
program.

L06

illegal field in control statement presented to the library editing program.

L07

Errors in loading as a result of a library editing program control statement.

L08

A program to be added to the program library has an entry point duplicating
one already in the directory.

L09

Standard input failed on first input record following an *N request.

LIO

The operator is deleting a program which is not in the library.

Lll

No header record on file input from mass storage.

LI2

On an * L, entry statement, either there was an input error, or the first record
was not a NA M block.

LI3

Common declared by the program being loaded exceeds available common.

LI4

Program being loaded is longer than the size of unprotected core, but not
longer than the distance from the start of unprotected core to the top of core.

LI5

illegal input block encountered; last program stored in library is not complete.

LI6

I/O input error occurred; last program stored is not complete.

LI7

*L program being installed exceeds the capacity of LIBEDT to input from mass
storage.

LI8

Attempt to load a zero length program during an *M request.

III-6-4

cannot be processed by breakpoint program because it is protected.
hhh~6 is the last breakpoint processed.

Entries are not

60282700

CARD DECK AND TAPE CONTENTS

7.1

MSOS 3.0

7.1.1 STRUCTURES

Card Installation Deck

~----------------------~/
V INSTALLABLE BINARIES DECK
(In same order as installation
magnetic tape, section 7.1. 3)

CARD INITIALIZER

(Modules listed in
section 7.1. 7)

I--_-IV

~__________________~J
/ / CHECKSUM LOADER (4 CARDS)
(see section 7. 1. 2)

~------

60282700

______________________-V!/

III-7-1

System Definitions and Skeletons Card Deck

~~------------------~/

See section 7.7. 2

____________________________

Optional Card Source Deck

V;---------------------------~/
SOURCE
(In same order as COSY
tape listed in section 7. 1. 6)

III-7-2

60282700

Magnetic Installation Tape

System Definitions and Skeletons Magnetic Tape

See section 7.1. 3 for a list of the tape contents;
section 7.1. 7 lists and identifies MSOS 3.0
modules.

See section 7.7.2.

ABSOLUTIZED
INITIALIZ ER
SYSBUF
ENGINEERING FILE
LIBEDT
STANDARD SYSTEM
LOADER
JOB PROCESSOR
ODEBUG
BRKPT
DRIVERS
VRFCTN
REQUEST
PRIORITY
ASSIGNMENTS
SMR
EOF

60282700

I1I-7-3

Paper Tape Initializer

Paper Installation Tapes

See section 7. 1. 4 for a listing of
the initializer tape.

See section 7.1. 5 for a list of tape contents.

CHECKSUM LOADER
INITIALIZER

EIGHT PAPER
TAPES OF THE
INSTALLABLE
BINARIES

System Definitions and Skeletons Paper Tape
See section 7.7.2.
ELEVEN PAPER
TAPES OF
SYSTEM
DEFINITIONS
AND
SKELETONS

III-7-4

60282700

Optional Tapes
LIST 2
MAGNETIC TAPE

LIST 3
MAGNETIC TAPE

COSy.sOURCE
MAGNETIC TAPE

LIST 1
MAGNETIC TAPE

See section 7. 1. 6

The three list tapes are in the same order as the COSY tape (section
7.1. 6) with the following divisions.

r-----------------,

CORE RESIDENT

JOB PROCESSOR

CONTAINS
CORE RESIDENT
THROUGH
MAS DMP

CONTAINS
BRKPT
THROUGH
DRIVERS

CONTAINS
RE-ENTRANT
FORTRAN
ENCODE
DECODE
SMR

ODEBUG
LOADER

MASS MEMORY
MODULES
BRKPT
DRIVERS

RE- ENTRANT AND
NON- RE- ENTRANT
FORTRAN AND
ENCODE/DECODE

SMR

EOF

60282700

III-7-5

7.1. 2 CARD INSTALLATION DECK
The card installation

POOOO
POOOI
POO02
POO03
POO04
POOOs
POO06
POO07
POO08
POO09
POOOA
POOOS
POOOC
POOOD
POOOE
POOOF
POOIO
POOll
POOl2
POO13
POOl4
POOlS
POO16
POO17
PODIA
POO19
POOIA
POOlB
POOlC
POOlD
POOlE
POOIF
POO20
P002l
POO22
POO23
P0024
P0025
POO26
POO27
POO28
P0029
P002A
P002B
P002C
POO20
POO2E
POO2F
P0030
P003l
POO32

III-7-6

6867
OC06
0844
6A67
0142
ODFE
l8FC
0804
68sE
0844
68sF
68sF
EOOO
0421
COOO
OORO
03FE
EOOO
0420
02FF
E8ss
6A68
DBS3
D853
C8sl
09FH
0101
18Fs
0842

~ck

NAM
ENT
LOADCR STA*
ENQ
CLR
OUT
STA*
SQZ
INQ
JMP*
ZERO
SET
5TA*
READCR CLR
STA*
STA*
LDQ

LOAD

Part I is the checksum loader:

LOADCR
LOA OCR
STADD
6
A

CARD,Q
ZERO
-1
OUT
A
COUNT
A
QCNT
CARD
=N$0421

LOA

=N'ii0080

nUT
LDQ

-1
=N'fi0420

Tf\IP
I DQ*
STA*
RAO*
RAi1*
1.01\*

CLEAR

484C

CAsF
OFC4
684D
ODOI
CAsB
AOOO
OFOO
OF48
5848
D842
CAss
AOOO
OOFF
OFC8
6841
0001
CA4F
AOOO
OFFO
OF44
s83F

contains three parts.

PAl«

-1
Q\'NT
REAOBF,Q
QOH
CARD
QCNT
HIli
-4
SAl CLEAR
.JMP* LOAD
CLR Q
STQ* QCI\IT
LDA* READBF,Q
ilLS
4
STA* TEMP
INQ

LOA* READHF.Q
ANI) =N'I;OFOO
ARS
RTJ*
RAO*
LOA*
.AND

FIGR
QCNT
READBF,Q
=N:1iOOFF

1\1.5

C;TA*
INQ
LDA*
AND

TEMP
1
READBF,Q
=Nf,OFFO

ARS 4
RTJ* FIGR

60282700

p0033
P0034
P003S
P0036
P0037
P0038
POO39
P003A
POO3B
P003C
P003D
P003E
P003F
P0040
P0041
P0042
P0043
P0044
P004S
P0046
P0047
P0048
P0049
P004A
P004B
P004C
P004D
P004E
P004F
POOSO
POOSI
POOS2
POOS3
POOS4
POOSS
POOS6
POOS7
POOS8
POOS9
POOSA
POOS8
POOSC
POOSD
POOSE
POOSF
P0060
P0061
P0062
P0063
P0064
P006S
P0066
P0067

60282700

D836
CA49
AOOO
OOOF
OFCC
ODOI
6834
CA43
ODOI
AOOO
OFFF
5833
C827
OCOI
0124
E83C
4828
D822
OC02
C824
09FB
0102
0842
1808
C832
981F
0132
681D
1803
0804
681B
CA28
6C14
C81C
8819
D81A
0111
1822
D80E
0814
09FD
0122
ODOI
18F3
C80B
09AF
0123
0844
6806
18AC
18A3
FFFF
0000

RAO* QCNT
LDA* READBF,Q
AND =N$OOOF

XFER

SKIP

STORE

TWO
DATA

LOOP

COUNT
STADD

ALS
INQ
STA*
LDA*
INQ
AND

12
1
TEMP
READBF,Q
1
=N$OFFF

RTJ*
LDA*
ENQ
SAP
LDQ*
STQ*
RAO*
ENQ
LDA*
INA
SAl
CLR
JMP*
LDA*
SUR*
SAM
STA*
JMP*
SET
STA*
LDA*
STA*
LDA*
ADD*
RAO*
SAN
JMP*
RAo.*
TRQ
INA
SAP
INQ
JMP*
LDA*
INA
SAP
CLR
STA*
JMP*
JMP*
NUM
NUM

FIGR
COUNT
1
SKIP
READBF+l
RECNT
COUNT
2
CARD
-4
STORE
Q
DATA
READBF
SEQNCE
TWO
SEQNCE
DATA
A
ERROR
READBF,Q
(STADD)
WDCNT
RECNT
WDCNT
1
CHECK
STADD
A
-2
LOOP
1
DATA
CARD
-80
3
A
QCNT
LOAD
READCR
-0
0

III-7-7

P0068
P0069
P006A
P0068
P006C
P006D
P006E
P006F
P0070
POO71
P0072
P0073
POO74
POO75
P0076
POO77
POO78
POO79
P007A
POO7B
P007C
P007D

0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0800
48F5
E8F5
S8F8
6A08
S8F8
68F7
E8EF
lCF7
E8F4
C8FO
0000
0004

QSAV
QCNT
CARD
SEQNCE
ERROR
TEMP
RECNT
CKSUM
WDCNT
FIGR

CHECK

NUM
NUM
NUM
NUM
NUM
NUM
NUM
NUM

NUM

NOP
STQ*
LDQ*
EOR*
STA*
ADD*
STA*
LDQ*
JMP*
lDQ*
LDA*
SLS
BZS
END

0
()

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
QSAV
QCNT
TEMP
REAQBF,Q
CKSUM
CKSUM
QSAV
(FIGR)
CKSUM
ERROR
0
READBF(4)
LOADCR

Part 2 contains the absolutized initializer.

The initializer modules are listed in section 7.1. 7.

Part 3 contains the relocatable installable binaries of the system in the same order as they appear
on the magnetic installation tape (section 7.1.3).

7.1. 3 MAGNETIC INSTALLATION TAPE
Record one contains the initializer modules listed in section 7. 1. 7.

*S,SYSlVl,5245
*S,DTIMER,7FFF
*S,SYSCOP,7FFF
*S,ONE,7FFF
*S,TWO,7FFF
*S,THREE~7FFF

*S,WDADR,l
*YM,EFIlE,l
*YM,LIBEDT.2
*YM,LOADSD,3
*YM,JORENT,4
*YM,JOBPRO,5
*YM,PROTEC,6
*YM,JPlOAD,7
*YM,JPCHGE,8
*YM,JPTl3,9

III-7-8

60282700

*YM,MIPRO,lO
*Y~l,RFSTOR,ll

*YM,aDERIIG,12
*yt"hRcaVER,13
ifYM,RRKPT.I4
*YM,SFLF,l...,
*Yt--hl. OGGFR, Ih
ifL
LorORE
laCOPE
IF
T .... VEl

SYSH~

I1RC(lRE
~IT

PROC
FFTI f'

*M
*1.

L r ,< ED T
LIHEDT
Sr:HEI)U
c.,CHEDU
~11l

T C;P

Nr: :"PR()

NFNR
DE\I
I O'IDS!)
I 0,\ t)
HKIH.ICI-I
1\

lI!lP1V
LCDI-IJV
L MI' hi r V
LLI,P{II
SCMI
r:HIJU
flf)JO\/F

r:O'\!VRT
TAH
(2,127>
Cl,$1554)
(0,15)

(2,15)
(12,15)
(2,127)
(2,127)
(0,15)

(2,15)
(S,1S)
(2,127)
(2,127)
(0,15)

(YES, NO)

*+OUFALC,

TII-7-144

60282700

1129-2 CARD READER
**
*+1129-2,
(11)
(2,15)
1 NTERRUPT LI NE
*
(13)
1
NTERRUPT
LEVEL
<11,15)
*
(
1
1
)
(2,127)
LOGICAL
UNIT
*
()
(2,127)
ALTERNATE LOGICAL UNI T
*
(12)
(0,15)
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
*
**
1140/501 LINE PRINTER
**
HI140/501,
( 12)
(2,15)
INTERRUPT LINE
*
(10)
(8,12)
INTERRUPT LEVEL
*
(9)
(2,127)
LOGICAL urnT
*
()
(2,127)
ALTERNATE
LOGICAL
UNIT
*
()
(2,127)
FORTRAN LOGICAL UNI T
*
()
(2,127)
ALTERNATE
FORTRAN
LOGICAL
UNI
T
*
(15)
(0,15)
EQUIPMENT NUMBER
*
**
**
1572 SAMPLE RATE GENERATOR
*+1512,
(2,15)
*
INTERRUPT LI NE
(2)
<11,15)
*
INTERRUPT LEVEL
(13)
(0,15)
*
EQ UI PMENT NUMB ER
(~)
(50,1630)
*
CLOCK REQUENCY IN CYCLES/SECOND (60)
( l ,10)
*
MAMIMUM SCHEDULES/TIMER PERIOD
(5)
(1,4000)
*
OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY/CLOCK PERIOD (3333)
**
THE ABOVE PARAMETER IS EQUAL TO OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY (IN CYCLES
**
PER SECOND) DIVIDED BY CLOCK FREQUENCY (IN CYCLES PER SECOND)
**
**
1573 LINE SYNC CLOCK
*+1513,
(2)
(2,15)
*
INTERRUPT LINE
(13)
<11.15)
*
INTERRUPT LEVEL
OJ)
(0,15)
*
EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(50,7630)
*
CLOCK FREQUENCY IN CYCLES/SECOND (60)
(5 )
(1,10)
*
MAXIMUM SCHEDULES/TIME PERIOD
**
DUMMY INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICE
**
*+DUMMY,
()
(2,127)
*
LOGICAL UNIT
(10)
(8,10)
*
DUMMY LEVEL

**
STANDARD LOGICAL UNI TS
**
*+5 TA rWARD urn TS,
(2)
INPUT UNI T
(2,127)
*
(3)
OUTPUT UNI T
(2,121)
*
(9 )
(2,121)
LIST UNIT
*
(4)
(2,127)
COMMENT
INPUT
UNIT
*
(4)
(2,127)
COMMENT OUTPUT UNI T
*
(2,127)
LIBRARY UNIT
UD
*
(2,127)
SCRA TCH UNI T

**
**
**
PROGRAMS
*PROGRAM
LIBRARY
** RUNTIME LIBRARY,
HFTN
(yES)
(Y ES ,NO)
ARITHMETIC FUNCTIONS
*
(YES)
(Y ES ,tJ 0)
FORTRAN INPUT/OUTPUT
*
(yES)
(YES, NO)
MONITOR INTERFACE
*
(YES)
(YES ,NO)
ENCODE/DECODE
*
**
**
INSERT COMPONENT FOR PROGRAM LIBRARY PROGRAMS
HI NSERT,
*
INPUT FROM LOGICAL UNIT

()

(2,127)

**
**
** MI NA TE
*TER

60282700

III-7-147

7.7.3 COSY SOURCE TAPE

The SYSCON COSY tape contains both FORTRAN and assembly language programs and terminates
with an end-of-file mark.
The deck names for the FORTRAN programs are as follows:
VERIFY
BKCMVR
CALADR
CNVTNO
CONTRL
CONVRT
CORECK
CORECT
DCTOAS
DEFINE
GETCHR
GETITM
INCINS
INCPTR
INITAL
INITCM
INSURT
OPTCHK
PAMCHK
PAMCH2
PARCHK

PARTIT
RDSKEL
RNGCHK
SCNOPT
SCNREC
SEARCH
SPCPAR
SPECFl
SPECF2
STOCHR
SYSDAT
SYSINS
VALCHK
VA LPRO
VA RPRO
WRTMMR
PHASE2
CVTNUM
DECASC
DELETE
DGNTAB
EQUIVA
FTNLVL
FTNMSK

III-7-148

60282700

GETNUM
GETVAL
GNSCHR
mCORE
INSERT
INTREG
LUTBLS
MMREAD
MSKTBL
OUTLNN
PRESET
REDREC
SCHSTK
PHASE3
BINASC
DE LPGM
INPBIN
INSPGM
NEWHDR
OUTORD
PACKAG
STAEND
STAPCK
STAPGM
XTCORE

The deck names for the assembly language programs are as follows:
COMMNT
CON FIG
ERROR
GETFLE
GOCONF
GOlA
GOIB
GOIC
GOlD
GOIE
GOlF
G02
G03A
G03B
INPREC
INSINP
MESSGS
OUT BIN
OUTREC
PACKLN
PAGEJT
PICKUP
PRNTLN
P2NAMI

60282700

1II-7-149

P2NAM2
P2NAM3
P2NAM4
SCDKIO
UNLOAD
SPACE

System Configurator Verification: The verification program is on the COSY source tape under the
deck name VERIFY. Transfer the program to either paper tape, cards, or magnetic tape.

**
VERIFICATION DECK FOR SYSCON
SPECIFICATION LIST
**
**
*S Y S T E M H A R D WAR E DE V ICE S
**
**
INVALID COMPONENT--USED TO VERIFY CONVERSE OPTION
*+1703,
**
1723/1724 PAPER TAPE PUNCH
*+1723,
**
1711/1712 TELETYPE
*+1711,
**
1738 DISK CONTROLLER WITH 853-4 DISK DRIVES
*+ 1738/853-4,
**
*CORE RESIDENT
FOREGROUND PROGRAMS
**
**
E006*2.1 MONITOR PACKAGE
*+MONITOR,
**
*MASS RESIDENT FOREGROUND PROGRAMS
**
**
JOB PROCESSOR WITH LOADER, LIBRARY EDIT, BREAKPOINT, RECOVERY
*+JOB PRO CESSOR,
**
**
*p ROGRA M LIBRARY PROGRA MS
**
*+ FTN RUNTIME LIBRARY,
**
*TERMINATE

III-7-150

60282700

INDEX

1704
1777 limitations II-2-32

Absolutized initializer
position on tape III-7-3
see initializer
Address
highest core 11-1-5
transfer, error 111-6-2
ADEVequate 11-1-35
Allocatable core 11-1-1
defined II-1-21,34
location 11-1-4
SPACE II-1-1, 34
unprotected 11-1-22
use 1-1-1
see AVCORE
Allocator, core
see core allocator
Alternate device handler 11-1-26, 35
defined 11-1-25
Alternate device table
see LOG1A
ALTERR
defined II-1-25
AREA 11-1-22
AREAC
defined I1-1-34
1731-601 11-2-24
Arithmetic routines 11-3-7, 9
ASCII
input buffer II-3-3
parameter 1726-405 11-2-7
Assembly option for 1726-405 11-2"";7

60282700

Assignments
entry point name 111-4-1
equipment III- 2-1
initializer equipment III-2-2
initializer logical unit III-2-2
interrupt line III-2-1
logical unit III-2-1
request priority assignment 1-1-27; 111-7-3
system logical unit III-2-2
unit I1I-2-1
AUTOLOAD program 1-1-29, 30; 11-1-34
location 11-1-4
procedure 11-1-29
SC1774 1-1-6, 30
AVCORE 11-1-1
defined II-1-21
see allocatable core

BFLEVL 11-3-10
BFMMLU 11-3-10
Binary input assignment 111-2-2
Binary output assignment 111-2-2
Blank common
see common, blank
Blocks
see common block
HEX block
input block
loader block
Bootstrap 1-1-6
card 1-1-7
magnetic tape 1-1-9, 12
paper tape 1-1-14
reserve space 1-1-17

Index-1

Breakpoint program III-6-4
BRKPT location III-7-3
BTAB II-3-11
BUFALC
with 1706 II-2-3
with 1726-405 II-2-6
BUFER program II-2-7
BUFFER macro use II-3-10
BUFFER module II-3-13
Buffer
1726-405 II-2-7
1732-608/609 II-2-28, 31
ASCII input II-3-3
double option II-2-47
single option II-2-47
Buffer data channel (1706) II-I-2; II-2-2
procedures II-2-3
Buffer package
see output message buffering package
Buffer tables program II-I-I0
alternate device handler II-I-25
length II-3-11
Build FORTRAN installation tape 1-4-22

CALTHD defined II-I-21
Card deck
contents III-7-1
list III-7-6
structures III-7-1, 2
Card equipment
see card reader
Card reader
as input device 1-1-25
entry points 1-1-17
logical unit number II-I-25
priority level II-I-16
Card reader (1726-405) 1-1-1; II-I-2; II-2-2
assembly options II-2-7
buffered 1-7-1
description II-2-5
entry point 1-1-17

Index-2

Card reader (1726-405) (cont'd)
initializer unit assignment III-2-2
input 1-1-19, 27
logical unit number 1-7-4
mass memory installation II-2-46
memory requirements 1-1-5
requirements II-2-5
procedures II-2-5
system unit assignments III-2-1
with 1706 II-2-3
with System Configuraior 1-7-5
Card reader/punch (1728-430) I-I-I; 1-7-5;
II-I-2, 2; III-7-27
buffered II-3-13
entry point 1-1-17
initializer unit assignments III-2-2
input 1-1-19
logical unit 1-7-4
mass memory installation II-2-46
memory requirements 1-1-5
priority level II-I-5
system unit assignments III-2-1
Card reader (1729-2) I-I-I, 17; 1-7-5; II-I-2;
II-2-2; III-7-27
described II-2-11
entry point 1-1-17
initializer unit assignments III-2-2
input 1-1-19
logical unit number 1-7-4
mass memory installation II-2-46
memory 1-1-5
priority level II-I-7, 15
procedures II-2-11
requirements II-2-11
system unit assignments III-2-1
Card system 1-1-3
bootstrap 1-1-7
installation 1-1-6
Card indicator II-I-32
CDIDRV III-7-27
CDRrv UI-7-27
Character buffer length II-3-11
Checkout, System
see System Checkout

60282700

Checksum loader 1-1-6
card system 1-1-6,8; III-7-1, 6
magnetic tape system 1-1-9
paper tape system 1-1-13, 15; III-7-14
CHRSFG II-3-3
defined II-I-24
COlST 1-6-3, 4, 12
C02ND 1-6-3, 4, 12
C03RD 1-6-3, 4, 12
COBOP 1-6-4, 12, 13, 14
COBOPL 1-6-3, 4, 12
COBOPS 1-6-3, 4, 12
CODI table 11-3-3
Code
command III-I-29
converter 111-1-29
disk error III-2-17
drum error II-2-21
equipment III-I-29
equipment class III-I-30
equipment type III-I-30
error III-6-1, 2, 3, 4
COLAST 1-6-3, 4, 12
Command code II-I-29
Comment control module III-7-27
Comment device
message III-6-1
reassignment 1-1-6, 19, 20
Common blank
memory requirement 1-4-2; 1-5-2
Commen block storage error III-6-2
Common labeled
memory requirement 1-4-2; 1-5-2
Common interrupt handler II-I-7
location II-I-4
Communications region II-I-I, 5, 7, 34
defined 1-1-5
location II-I-4
JVfAXSEC II-I-9
Control module 1I1-7-27
Control statements III-4-1
error 1II-6-1
illegal 1II-6-1

60282700

Configuration II-l-l
minimum 1-1-4
optional peripherals 1-1-4
see System Configurator
Conventions 111-1-1
Converter code II-I-29
CONVERSE 1-7-15
Core, allocated 1-1-27
see allocatable core
Core allocator 11-1-12
assignments III-2-1
logical unit 1-7-4
priority level 11-1-15
Core dumps II-I-5
Core image 1-1-25
sector written on 1-1-25
Core map of configured system 1-7-26
Core memory requirements
disk II-2-14
drum II-2-18
1729-2 11-2-11
Core memory
addition II-I-5
enter data 1II-5-1
location II-I-4
paper tape station II-2-35
teletypewriter (1713) II-2-40
teletypewriter (1711/1712/1713) II-2-38
Core, reservation 1-1-17
Core resident
1732-608/609 II-2-31
1777 II-2-32
location II-I-4
in PHYSTB II-I-33
reduce size I-I-17
priority 1-6-3, 4, 12
protected programs II-I-4
requirements 1-1-5
system image II-I-4
Core routines II-I-5
Core swapping II-I-21

Index-3

Corrections
COSY 1-3-1
FORTRAN A 1-4-1
FORTRAN B 1-5-1
Macro Assembler 1-2-1
MSOS 1-1-2
System Checkout 1-6-1
System Configuration 1-7-1
COSY
additional procedures 1-3-3
corrections 1-3-1
deficiencies 1-3-1
features 1-3-1
hardware requirements 1-3-2
installation 1-3-2
limitations 1-3-1
memory requirements 1-3-2
modify output units 1-3-3
release materials 1-3-1
verification 1-3-3
COSY source tape III-7-5, 21, 38, 54
CP EQU II-l-11
CU III-6-1
Customization II-l-l

Data
enter in core memory III-5-1
examine III-5-1, 2
location in mass memory II-I-4
Data block, unprotected II-I-4
DBLDRV
System Configurator feature 1-7-1
Decode
see encode/decode
Debug messages 1II-6-4
Deficiencies
COSY 1-3-1
FORTRAN A 1-4-1
FORTRAN B 1-5-1
Macro Assembler 1-2-1
MSOS 1-1-3
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configurator 1-7-4

Index-4

Definitions and skeletons 1-7-4
card 1II-7-2
feature 1-7-1
magnetic tape III-7-3
paper tape III-7-4
Delimitor error field III-6-4
Device alternate, DUMMY II-I-23
Device
capability with System Configurator 1-7-1
failure II-I-14; 1II-6-3
protected III-3-6
Device table, alternate
see WGI
Device table II-l-l
see physical device table
DGNTAB II-2-21
1777 reader II-2-34
defined II-I-25
see diagnostic timer table
DKDIAG
use II-2-17
see disk diagnostic subroutine
Diagnostics 1-1-3; III-6-1, 2, 3, 4
execution 1-4-1; 1-5-1
runaway 1-4-1; 1-5-1
Diagnostic clock II-I-28
Diagnostic subroutine
see disk diagnostic subroutine
drum diagnostic subroutine
Diagnostic timer program II-I-25
Diagnostic timer routine
scheduler II-I-35
Diagnostic timer table II-I-I0; II-2-1
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1713 II-2-41
1726-405 II-2-6
1777 punch II-2-37
1777 reader II-2-34
defined II-I-25
disk II-2-17
line printer II-2-23
Director function II-I-29
1726-405 II-2-6
Directory
see program directory
system directory

60282700

Disk 1738-853/854 II-1-2; II-2-2
description II-2-13
entry point 1-1-17
EQU II-1-11
errors 1-2-1
logical unit number 1-7-4
memory 1-1-15
MMDISK II-1-26
output unit 1-1-20
priority level II-1-16
procedures II-2-14
scratch area 1-2-3
sectors 1-1-17
use 1-1-20
Disk diagnostic subroutine (DKDIAG)
use II-2-17
see DKDIAG
DISKWD II-2-13
limitation 1-1-2
use 1-1-20
Dispatcher II-1-24
DMDIAG
use II-2-21
DIU 732 1II-7-3
macro skeleton II-2-30
Driver
addition 1-1-6; II-2-1, 2
deletion 1-1-6, 17, 18; II-2-1
entry addresses II-1-26
list II-1-2
location II-1-4
mass memory installation II-1-2; II-2-46
modules II1-7-31
required routines and tables II-1-10
standard II-2-2
Driver control module II1-7-27
DRMDRZ II-2-18
see drum driver
Drum 1751 II-7-1; I1-1-2; II-2-2
as output unit 1-1-20
description II -2-18
entry point II-1-18
EQU II-1-11
memory 1-1-5
MMDIAG II-1-26

60282700

Drum 1751 (cont'd)
priority level II-1-16
procedures II-2-19
requirements II-2-18
unit assignments 1II-2-1, 2
Drum diagnostic subroutine use II-2-21
Drum overlay subroutine II-2-20
DUMMY routine defined II-2-23
Dummy driver II-1-10, 23
as list device 1-1-20
assignments III-2-1
EQU II-1-11
initializer unit assignment 1II-2-2
logical unit 1-7-4
table II-1-23
Dump core II-1-5
DUMP routine 1-6-13, 14
Dump programs
reserve core for 1-1-17

EFILE program II-1-35
Encode/ decode routines
for configurator 1-7-1
non-re-entrant II-3-8
ENDFILE 1-4-1; 1-5-1
END line limitation 1-4-1; 1-5-1
ENDMAC statement 1-2-6
End of file in PHYSTB II-1-31
Engineering error file II-I-Ii II-2-1
defined II-1-35
feature 1-1-1
limitation 1-1-2
location on tape 1II-7-3
location in memory I1-1-4
System Configurator 1-7-4
Entry points II-1-5
duplicate III-6-2
error 111-6-1, 2
in FORTRAN library II-1-24
in preset entry points table II-1-8
list 1-1-17
location in memory II-1-4
see preset entry points table

Index-5

EPIlOC II-I-8, 11
1731-601 II-2-26
1732-608/609 II-2-28
defined II-I-12
interrupt lines II-I-12
use II-I-8
EQU
see equivalences
Equates
mass memory II-2-48
Equipment
assignments III-2-1, 2
class code II-I-30
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1777 punch II-2-36
paper tape reader II-2-34
code II-I-29
1711/1712/1713 II-2-38
command 1-4-21
number II-2-6; III-2-2
type code II-I-30
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1777 II-2-34, 36
Equivalence table overflow 1-4-1; 1-5-1
Equivalences
LOCORE II-I-I, 5
SYSBUF II-I-I, 10
Errors 1-1-19, 21
1732-608/609 II-2-31
codes III-6-1, 2, 3, 4
file see engineering error file
hardware 1-1-1
input 1-4-21
Macro Assembler limitation 1-2-1
parity II-I-32
printout, elimination III-4-1
statement editing limitation 1-1-2
System Checkout 1-6-14
System Configurator 1-7-1
see also codes, diagnostics, messages
Execution diagnostics 1-4-1; 1-5-1
External
string patches III-4-1
unpatched defined III-4-1

Index-6

External interrupt processor
defined II-I-7
use II-1-8
see EPROC

*F statement III-6-1
use n-3-8, 9
FCO levels III-2-3
Features
COSY 1-3-1
FORTRAN 2.0 A 1-4-1
FORTRAN 2.0 B 1-5-1
Macro Assembler 1-2-1
MSOS 1-1-1
System Checkout 1-6-1
System Configurator 1-7-1
Field change order levels III-2-2
Field delimitor III-6-4
File
see engineering error file
Macro Assembler, replace 1-2-5
First word address
*L programs 1-1-21
FLIST II-I-19
defined II-1-24
re-entrant FORTRAN II-3-5
table II-I-24
Floating point package defined 1-1-4; 1-5-1
FMASK
defined II-I-24
re-entrant FORTRAN II-3-5
System Checkout 1-6-4
FNR routine II-I-28, 32, 33
FORMAT record II-I-32
FOR TRAN routines
see also arithmetic
encode/decode
I/O
monitor interface
non-re-entrant
re-entrant

60282700

FORTRAN arithmetic routines 1-1-1
FORTRAN compiler II-1-5
overlay II-1-26
FORTRAN I/O routine list II-3-7
FORTRAN library II-1-24
FORTRAN monitor interface package 1-1-1
FORTRAN priority II-1-7
FORTRAN ojbect programs II-1-24
FORTRAN re-entrant I/O package 1-1-1
FOR TRAN 2.0A
common lengths III-7-70
compiler programs III-7-59
lengths II-7-70
order III-7-63
COSY deck identifiers III-7-54
COSY deck names III-7-54
entry point externals III-7-85
externals III-7-70
files III-7-63
installation tapes III-7-42
local III-7-63
object library programs III-7-61
phases III-7-54
programs III-7-54
roots III-7-63
tape structures III-7-39, 40, 41
FOR TRAN 2.0 B
additional procedures 1-5-14
common III-7-114
compiler programs III-7-106
corrections 1-5-1
COSY deck identifiers III-7-101
COSY source III-7-101
deck names III-7-101, 114
deficiencies 1-5-1
externals 111-7-114
features 1-5-1
hardware requirements 1-5-2
installation procedures 1-5-3
installation tapes 1II-7-91
limitations 1-5-1
locals III-7-109
memory requirements 1-5-2

FORTRAN 2. OB (cont'd)
object binary
compiler program order III-7-108
entry points III-7-128
externals III-7-128
programs III-7-107
passes III-7-109
program
lengths III-7-114
names III-7-101
release description 1-5-1
roots III-7-109
tape structures 1II-7-89, 90
FRWAB II-2-3
FRWBB II-2-3
Function, directory II-1-29
Functions
external 1-4-1
intrinsic 1-4-1
limitation 1-5-1
statement 1-4-1
FWA for *L programs 1-1-21
FW. d format deficiency 1-4-1

Handler
see common interrupt handler
special interrupt handler
Hang loop
priority level II-1-15
Hardware address II-1-29
Hardware errors 1-1-1; II-1-35
Hardware manfunction, System Checkout 1-6-13
Hardware requirements
COSY 1-3-2
FORTRAN 2. OA 1-4-2
Macro Assembler 1-2-2
MSOS 1-1-4
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configurator 1-7-5

HEX
block error III-6-2
illegal III-6-1

60282700

1ndex-7

II III-7-27
12 III-7-27
12 table III-6-2
I2 DISK III-7-27
12 DRUM III-7-27
IDLE II-1-23
Idle loop II-1-16
priority level II-1-15
routine II-1-10
IDRIV module III-7-27
1LOAD III-7-27
INDEX table II-3-3
1nitializer
absolute III-7-8
build new n-1-3; II-3-1
capabilities II-1-1
controller modules 1II-7-27
control statements 1II-4-1
equipment assignments II1-2-1
generate II-3-2
logical unit assignments III-2-1
other media 1-1-19
paper tape contents III-7-14
procedures II1-5-1
tape format II-3-2
Input
assignment 1-7-25, 26
block, illegal II1-6-2, 4
comment assignment III-2-2
comment device EQU II-1-11
control module II1-7-27
device 1-1-25; 1-4-21
error III-6-2
using SELCOP 1-4-21
mode, illegal 11I-6-1
reassignment 1-1-6, 19
standard device EQU II-1-11
Installable binaries
card deck 1I1-7-1, 8
paper tape III-7-4
Installation messages III-6-1
Installation procedures
COSY 1-3-2
FORTRAN 2.0A 1-4-4
FORTRAN 2.0B I-5-3
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configurator 1-7-5

Index-8

Installation tapes
build 1-4- 22
magnetic tape contents 1I1-7-3, 8
paper tape contents III-7-16
Instructions, execute III-5-1, 2
Interrupt handler II-1-24; II-3-5
see common interrupt handler
special interrupt handler
Interrupt lines II-1-7
1711/1712/1713 II-2-38
1713 II-2-40
1728-430 II-2-9
1729-2 II-2-11
1731-601 unbuffered II-2-26
1777 II-2-35
assignments III-2-1
disk II-2-14
drum II-2-19
order 1-7-1
single device II-1-33
Interrupt mask table II-1-1, 7; II-2-1
defined II-1-15
see MASKT
Interrupt priority levels II-1-10
Interrupt processor
see external interrupt processor
EPROC
Interrupt response routine II-1-1, 7, 10; II-2-1
1706 II-2-4
1726-405 II-2-8
1728-430 II-2-9
1729-2 II-2-13
1731-601 II-2-26
1732-608/609 II-2-28
defined II-1-33
drum II-2-19
individual II-1-8
PHYSTB II-1-7
special II-1-13
Interrupt stack area (INTSTK) II-1-10, 20; II-1-1
defined II-1-20
INTSTK II-1-1
defined II-1-20
Interrupt timer
see timer interrupt

60282700

Interrupt trap area II-I-I; II-2-1
1706 II-2-4
1711/1712/1713 1~2-38
1726-405 II-2-5
1728-430 II-2-9
1729-2 II-2-11
1731-601 II-2-24
1732-608/609 II-2-28
1777 punch II-2-35
1777 reader II-2-33
defined II-1-6
disk II-2-14
drum II-2-19
line printer II-2-22
location in memory II-1-4
timer II-2-45
I/O
errors III-6-1
for SELCOP 1-4-19
interrupt lines II-1-7
requirements 1-1-20
standard capabilities II-2-1
lOCAL 1-4-19; III-7-39, 40
call 1-4-20
FORTRAN III-7-90
load 1-4-20
I/O common synchronizer
1711/1712/1713 11-2-38
1777 II-2-35

Job processor II-I-I; III-6-3
allocated core II-1-23
errors III-6-4
location on tape III-7-3
modules II-1-22; III-7-29
priority level II-1-15
JPRETN II-1-8

*K command 1-4-21

60282700

*L load 1-1-21; III-6-1
*L program 1-6-3, 4; 1-1-5
*L statement error 1II-6-4
Labeled common
see common, labeled
LIBEDT 1-1-1; II-1-4; III-7-27
errors III-6-4
fix mass resident priorities 1-1-27
location on tape II-7-3
messages III-6-4
LIBMAC use 1-2-6
Library
device assignment 1I1-2-2
generation medule III-7-27
see object library
program library
system library
Library macro
directory file 1-2-7, 8
modification example 1-2-6
preparation routine use 1-2-6
skeleton permanent file 1-2-7, 8
tape 1-2-8
Limitations
COSY 1-3-1
FORTRAN A 1-4-1
FORTRAN B 1-5-1
Macro Assembler 1-2-1
MSOS 1-1-2
System Checkout 1-6-1
Line, interrupt
see interrupt line
Line printer (1740-501) 1-1-2; II-2-2
buffered II-3-13
comment device 1-1-20
deletion example 1-1-18
description II-2-22
entry point 1-1-18
EQU II-l-11
FORTRAN 1-7-4
initializer unit assignments III-2-2
list device 1-1-20
logical unit number 1-7-4
mass memory installation 1I-2-46
mem-ory 1-1-5
priority level II-I-16

Index-9

Line printer (1704-501) (cont'd)
procedures 1I-2-22
requirements 1I-2-22
system unit assignments III-2-1
unit assignments III-2-1
Lineprinter (1742) III-7-27
List
assignment 1-7-25; III-2-2
reassignment 1-1-19, 20
tape structures III-7-5
Loader
block defined 1-1-3
errors III-6-4
modules list III-7-29
position on tape III-7-3
table III-4-1
table overflow III-6-2
LOCORE II-I-I, 6
defined 1I-1-5
interrupt response name II-I-7
LOGI table
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1713 II-2-40
1726-405 1I-2-6
1728-430 II-2-9
1729-2 II-2-12
1731-601 buffered II-2-25
1731-601 unbuffered II-2-27
1732-608/609 II-2-29
1777 punch II-2-36
1777 reader II-2-34
defined II-l-ll, 14
disk II-2-15
drum II-2-19
format II-I-14
line printer II-2-22
output message buffer II-3-ll
share II-I-14
LOGIA table II-I-12; III-2-2
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1713 II-2-40
1726-405 II-2-6
1728-430 II-2-9
1729-2 II-2-12

Index-l0

LOGIA table (cont'd)
1731-601 buffered II-2-25
1731-601 unbuffered II-2-27
1732-608/609 II-2-29
1777 punch II-2-36
1777 reader II-2-34
defined II-l-ll, 12
disk II-2-14
drum 1I-2-19
EPROC II-I-13
EQU II-l-ll
line printer II-2-22
output message buffering II-3-11
LOG2 table II-I-15
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1713 II-2-41
1726-405 II-2-6
1728-430 II-2-10
1729-2 II-2-12
1731-601 buffered II-2-25
1731-601 unbuffered II-2-27
1732-608/609 II-2-29
1777 punch II-2-36
1777 reader II-2-34
defined II-l-ll, 15
disk II-2-15
drum II-2-19
line printer II-2-23
output message buffer II-3-ll
Logical unit 1-7-1; II-I-28
alternate assignments II-l-ll
engineering error file order 1-7-4
EPROC limitation II-I-8
initializer unit assignment III-2-2
input device 1-1-27
system unit assignment III-2-1, 2
Logical unit number
EQU II-l-11
FORTRAN 2. OA 1-4-4
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-3
initializer III-2- 2
output message buffer II-3-10, 13
system I1I-2-2

60282700

Logical unit table II-1-1, 10, 12; II-2-1
defined U-1-11
Low priority program
restrictions II-1-21
LNGTH
1713 II-2-40
LPRINT 1II-7-27
Lu/lun
see logical unit (number)
LVLSTR
defined II-1-21
example II-1-22
memory map II-1-22

)

instructions 1-6-12
load 1-1-21; III-6-1
SYSCOP III-6-4
register II-1-15
Macro Assembler II-1-5
additional procedures 1-2-5
corrections 1-2-1
deficiencies 1-2-1
hardware requirements 1-2-2
installation procedures 1-2-3
install 1728-430 I1-2-8
limitations 1-2-1
MAXSEC II-1-9
memory requirements 1-2-2
modify library macros example 1-2-6
overlay II-1-26
release description 1-2-1
release materials 1-2-2
requirements 1-2-2
system modification example 1-2-5
tape contents III-7-36
tape structures 1II-7-34
verification 1-2-9

60282700

Macro
deficiency 1-2-6
library 1-2-6, 7
skeleton, DR1732 II-2-30
user defined 1-2-7
MACSKL, new 1-2-7, 8
Magnetic tape II-2-2
bootstrap 1-1-9
COSY 1-3-1
delete example 1-1-19
entry point 1-1-18
EQU II-1-11
FORTRAN 2.0A 1-4-2
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-2,3
input 1-1-19, 25, 27
load system initializer 1-1-9, 12
MSOS 1-1-3
logical unit 1-1-25; 1-4-4; 1-7-4, 5
Macro Assembler 1-2-2
memory 1-1-5
priority level II-1-7, 16
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configuration 1-7-4
tape contents III-7-8
Magnetic tape (1731-601) III-7-27
buffered 1-7-1; II-1-2
mass memory installation II-2-46
procedures 11-2-24
requirements II-2-24
initializer unit assignments III-2-1
System Configurator 1-7-5
system unit assignment III-2-1
unbuffered II-1-2
mass memory installation II-2-46
procedures II-2-27
requirements I1-2-26
Magnetic tape (1732-608/609) II-1-2
buffered II-2-46
parameters I1-2-30
procedures II-2-28
requirements II-2-28
System Configurator 1-7-5
unbuffered II-2-46
unit assignments lII-2-1
with 1706 II-2-3

Index-ll

Manual input for process program
defined II-3-3
priority level II-I-15
see MIPRO
Map, core of configured system 1-7-26
MASDRV II-2-47
1713 II-2-40, 44
configuration feature 1-7-1
MASKT II-I-I, 7
1711/1712/1713 1~2-39
1713 II-2-44
1726-405 II-2-6
1728-430 II-2-10
1729-2 II-2-12
1777 punch II-2-37
1777 reader II-2-34
construction II-I-16
defined II-I-15
modification II-I-16
sample II-I-17
standard II-I-18
Mask table
see MASKT
interrupt mask table
Mass memory diagnostic routine II-l-l
defined II-I-26
see MMDIAG
Mass memory driver II-I-2
1711/1712/1713 II-2-38
1713 II-2-40
1726-405 II-2-8
1728-430 II-2-10
1729-2 II-2-13
1777 punch II-2-35
1777 reader II-2-32
EQU II-l-11
installation procedures II-2-46
line printer II-2-24
Mass memory information II-2-2
capabilities 1-7-1
designated in PHYSTB II-I-33
diagnostic II-I-4
driver on II-I-2
options II-2-47
overlay II-I-26

Index-12

Mass memory modules list 1II-7-30
Mass memory resident drivers feature 1-1-1
Mass memory resident program
execution II-I-34
priority 1-1-27
requirements 1-1-5
Mass storage device lun
FOR TRAN 2.0A 1-4-4
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-3
System Configurator 1-7-5
Mass storage FORTRAN
see FORTRAN 2.0A
FORTRAN 2.0B
MAX COR II-I-5
diagnostic II-I-4
set 1-1-6, 12, 16
MAXSEC II-l-l
defined II-I-9
System Configurator 1-7-24
MAXVAL
1731-601 II-2-24,26
MDRIV III-7-27
Memory parity error III-6-3
Memory parity/protect fault routine II-I-16
Memory requirements 1-1-5
1728-430 II-2-8
1729-2 II-2-11
COSY 1-3-2
drivers 1-1-5
FORTRAN 2. OA 1-4- 2
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-2
Macro Assembler 1-2-2
MSOS 1-1-5
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configurator 1-7-5
Messages
debug III-6-4
interpreter request II-I-32
job processor III-6-3
LIBEDT III-6-4
system initializer 1II-6-1
see output message buffer
MINT II-3-3

60282700

MIPRO II-I-3
add user request II-3-3
defined II-3-3
SYSCOP 1-6-4
see manual input for process program
MMDIAG defined II-I-26
Mode set II-I-32
Modifications
build initializer II-3-1
library macros, example 1-2-6
macro assembler, example 1-2-5
object library 1-4-26
phase 1-4-25
Modules
available II-3-1
core resident III-7-27
driver III-7-31
job processor III-7-29
list III-7-27
loader III-7-29
locations in memory II-I-4
miscellaneous mass memory III-7-30
system initializer III-7-27
user request II-3-4
Monitor location in memory II-I-4
Monitor interface routines
list II-3-7
non-re-entrant II-3-9
MSOS
installation procedures 1-1-6, 16
summary 1-1-6
MSDISK III-7-27
MSDRUM III-7-27
MTDRV III-7-27

*N
command 1-4- 22
request error 1II-6-4
NAM block 1-4-22
error III-6-2, 4
NAME command 1-4-22; II-l-S
Name, symbolic
see symbolic names
NDISP II-3-S
re-entrant FORTRAN II-3-5
System Checkout 1-6-4

602S2700

NEW MACSKL tape 1-2-7, S
Non-re-entrant FORTRAN 1-7-1; II-I-3, 24
procedures II-3-S
programs on tape III-7-24, 25
requirements II-3-S
NSCHED II-I-24
NSR defined II-2-45
Number field error III-6-1

Object library 1-4-20
construction 1-4- 24
modification 1-4-26
ODE BUG
core requirements 1-1-1
limitations 1-1-2
MIPRO II-3-3
on tape III-7-3
ODP II-I-24
On-line debug package II-I-24; II-3-3
Optional tapes 1-2-2
COSY 1-3-2
FORTRAN 2.0A 1-4-2
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-2
MSOS 1-1-3
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configurator 1-7-5
structures III-7-5
Options
assignment 1726-405
II-2-7
see DBLDRV
see MASDRV
mass memory II-2-47
validation, 1777 punch II-2-37
Ordinals
error 1II-6-1
System Checkout 1-6-12
system directory error 1II-6-4
OUtput message buffering package 1-1-2; II-I-3, 10
172S-430 II-2-10
format II-3-14
in PHYSTB II-I-31, 33
macro II-3-10
priority level II-I-16
procedures II-3-10
requirements II-3-10

Index-13

Output device
comment assignment III-2-2
comment EQU II-l-11
COSY modification 1-3-3
reassignment 1-1-6, 19, 20
System Configurator 1-7-25
standard binary EQU 11-1-11
standard print EQU 11-1-11
Overflow indicator II-I-6, 7, 20
Overlay
drum 11-2-20
FORTRAN 2. OA 1-4-2
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-2
OVRLA Y (overlay) subroutine 11-1-1, 10
defined II-I-26

*p statement limitation 1-1-2
Paper tape
as input 1-1-27
EQU 11-1-11
lun 1-1-25
installation tape contents 11I-7-16
installation tape structures III-7-1
Paper tape punch
priority level 11-1-16
1723/1724 with 1777 II-2-32
Paper tape reader
1721/1722 II-2-32; I1I-7-27
FORTRAN 2.0A 1-4-4
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-3
priority level 11-1-16
System Configurator 1-7-5
Paper tape reader/punch station (1777) 1-1-1, 7;
II-I-2
as input 1-1-19
buffered II-3-13
description II-2-32
entry point 1-1-18
initializer unit assignments I1I-2-2
limitations II-2-32
logical unit 1-7-4

Index-14

Paper tape reader/punch station (1777) (cont'd)
memory 1-1-5
mass memory installation 1I-2-47
procedures II-2-32
punch II-2-35
reader II-2-33
system unit assignments 111-2-1
Paper tape system installation
COSY 1-3-2
FORTRAN 2. OA 1-4-2
FORTRAN 2. OB 1-5-2
system initialization 1-1-13
MSOS 1-1-3, 16
Macro Assembler 1-2-2
System Checkout 1-6-2
System Configurator 1-7-5
Parameter, initialization time (MAXSEC) II-I-9
Parity error II-I-32; I1I-6-3
Phase, modification 1-4-25
Physical device table (PHYSTB) II-I-I, 10; II-2-1
1706 II-2-4
1711/1712/1713 11-2-39
1713 II-2-42, 43
1726-405 II-2-6
1728-430 II-2-10
1729-2 11-2-12
1731-601 II-2-25, 27
1732-608/609 II-2-29
1777 II-2-34,36
addresses II-l-ll, 25
defined 11-1-26
disk 11-2-15
format II-I-27
line printer 11- 2- 23
LOGIA 11-1-12
output message buffer II-3-13
Preset entry points table
defined points table
format 11-1-8
location II-I-9
rules 11-1-9
Preset table
defined 11-1-5, 6
location in core II-'I-4

60282700

Pre-resident load initializer 111-7-27
Priority level II-I-7, 34
1711/1712/1713 II-2-39
1726-405 11-2-5, 6
1777 punch II-2-35, 36
1777 reader 11-2-33
assignment 11-1-7
drivers 11-2-20
EQU's II-I-I0
output message buffer package II-3-10
PHYSTB II-1-28
re-entrant FORTRAN II-3-5
software II-3-5
standard II-I-15
System Checkout 1-6-4
Printer, line
see line printer
Process program priority level II-I-18
Processor, job
see job processor
Program
directory location II-I-4
entry point name assignment III-4-1
length, error III-6-2
library location II-I-4
library and directory location II-I-4
loading messages III-6-2
priority levels II-I-15
protect violation 11-6-3
SYSDAT 1-7-24
see also *L
manual input for process
mass memory resident
process
recovery
restart
SPACE
unprotected
utility
Post-resident
initializer III-7-27
loader table III-6-2
Protect processor 1-1-20
Protected core, error III-6-2

60282700

Protected routines 11-1-5
PRVL
see priority level
PSR's 1-1-2
PTIDRV III-7-27
Punch unit 1-4-21
see card or paper tape reader/punch

Q8STP II-3-6
defined II-I-24

*R command 1-4-22
RDISP II-I-24; II-3-6, 8
re-entrant FORTRAN II-3-5
Reader
see card or paper tape reader
Reassignment
devices 1-1-6, 19
System Configurator 1-7-25
Record
standard, limitation 1-1-2
transfer 1-4-21
Recovery program error III-6-4
RECVTB use II-2-3
Re-entrant encode/dec ode routine II-3-7
EQU II-1-10
Re-entrant routines II-1-9, 10, 19
Re-entrant FORTRAN library package 1-7-1;
II-1-3, 24; II-3-6
EQU II-1-10
FMASK II-3-5
priority level II-3-5
procedures II-3-5
Q8ST U-3-6
tape location III-7-23, 25
Relocatable binary loading module III-7-27

Index-15

Request
message interpreter II-I-32
MSOS 1-1-3
masS resident program 1-1-27
priority 1-1-27
priority assignment III-7-3
processor II-1-34; II-3-3, 4
thread error III-6-3
user modules II-1-2; II-3-4
see system directory request
'I'M
*N

Requirements
see hardware
memory
Reserve core 1-1-17
Residency parameter (1732-608/609) II-2-31
Response routines interrupt II-l-1
see interrupt response routine
Restart (RESTRT) program II-l-1
defined II-I-34
in SPACE II-1-34
Rewind command 1-4-22
Routines
see FNR
interrupt response
memory parity/protect fault
timer
RP III-6-1
RSl\I 1-1-2
Runaway diagnostic defined 1-5-1
RWBA II-2-1; II-2-27
RWBAB II-2-3

xS command 1-4-22
xS statement II-I-23; III-4-1
S13CON II-2-40
SC1774
autoload procedures II-I-6, 29
limitations II-2-32
Schedule (SCHDLE) request II-I-20, 21, 28; II-3-8
modifications II-3-5

Index-16

Scheduler (SCHSTK) stack II-I-I, 10
defined II-I-20
sample II-I-21
SCN command limitation 1-1-2
Scratch area
location in memory U-1-4
macro assembler 1-2-3
reduce 1-1-17
Scratch device II-I-5
mass memory II-1-9, 11
sector number II-l-l
SYSCOP 1-6-3
unit assignment 1II-2-2
Secondary processor (SECPRO) II-1-8
addition II-1-8
defined II-1-8
LOGlA II-1-13
1713 II-2-41
SECTOR
location in memory II-I-4
output message buffer II-3-10
setting of 1-1-16, 17; II-I-9
Sector
addressing II-l-1
available table U-I-4
BUFFER macro II-3-13
core image 1-1-25
number II-1-5
error III-6-1
in PHYSTB II-3-3
MAXSEC II-1-l
SELCOP II-7-39, 40, 90
commands II-4-21, 22
load and call 1-4-19, 20
use 1-4-21, 23
Skeleton macro, DR1732 II-2-30
see definitions and skeletons
SMR
feature 1-1-1
installation 1-1-27
list III-7-27
on tape II-7-3

60282700

SNAPE II-I-6
SNAPI II-I-6
Software buffer package
see output message buffer
Software priority
assignment of II-I-16
SPACE II-I-I, 12, 21, 22
1731-601, II-2-24
1732-608/609 II-2-31
defined II-I-34
request processor II-I-34
System Configurator 1-7-2
Special interrupt handler II-I-7
Special tables II-I-25
defined II-I-23
list II-I-I0
Stack, interrupt
see interrupt stack
Stack, scheduler
see scheduler stack
Standard system on tape III-7-3
STATISTICS 1-7-15
Status check (STCK) II-2-32
Status word II-I-31
Stop command 1-4-22
Storage, volatile
see volatile storage
Strings, external
see external strings
Surveillance, time out
see time out surveillance
Swap area II-I-4
Swapping, core
see core swapping
Symbolic names III-4-1
Symbolic table 1-2-2
SYSBUF II-I-I, 7; II-2-19
defined II-I-I0
disk II-2-15
location on tape III-7-3
SYSCOP I-6-2, 3, 4, 12, 13
schedule 1-6-13
SYSDAT program 1-7-24, 25
SYSSEG 1-6-2,4

60282700

System and buffer tables program
see SYSBUF
Sy stem Checkout
corrections 1-6-1
deficiencies 1-6-2
hardware requirements 1-6-2
installation procedures 1-6-2
limitations 1-6-2
load after initialization 1-6-12
load during initialization 1-6-2
load example 1-6-14
memory requirements 1-6-2
printout examples 1-6-15
sample initialization typeout 1-6-6
tape structures III-7-132
user instructions 1-6-13
System Configurator
core map of configured system 1-7-26
corrections 1-7-1
deficiencies 1-7-4
feature 1-7-1
hardware requirements I-7-5
installation procedures 1-7-5
install configured system 1-7-24
limitations 1-7-1
memory requirements 1-7-5
verification 1-7-15
tape contents III-7-134
tape, COSY III-7-148
tape structures III-7-133
System definitions and skeletons
see definitions and skeletons
System directory
location in core II-I-4
ordinals 1-6-2; III-6-1
request failure II-I-26
System initialization
card system 1-1-6
diagnostics II-I-4; III-6-1
execution card 1-1-9
load 1-1-6
magnetic tape system 1-1-9, 12
paper tape system 1-1-16
System library II-I-4

Index-17

System library macros
see macros
System maintenance routine
see SMR
System unit assignments III-2-2

Teletypewriter (1711/1712/1713) 11-1-2; 11-2-2
buffered 11-3-13
description II-2-38
mass memory II-2-47
procedure 11-2-38
requirement 11-2-38
Teletypewriter reader-punch driver (1713) 11-1-2;
11-2-2
convention 111-1-1
*T command 1-4-21
description 11-2-40
Tl - T30 11-3-4
initialization unit assignment 111-2-2
TABLE card 1-3-3
logical unit number 1-7-4
Table
mass memory 11-2-47
procedure 11-2-40
EQUIVALENCE 1-5-1
special 11-1-1
requirements 11-2-40
symbol 1-2-2
system unit assignments 111-2-1
SYSBUF 11-1-10
Thrminator invalid I1I-6-1
see alternate device
Thread, top of 11-1-11
com
TlMACK defined 11-2-45, 46
diagnostic timer
TIMCPS defined 11-2-45
FLIST
Time of day routine request code 11-1-11
12
Time out surveillance
INDEX
1711/1712/1713 11-2-39
interrupt mask
1777 punch 11-2-37
loader
1777 reader 11-2-34
disk II-2-17
logical unit
drum 11-2-21
MASKT
Timer 1-1-25; 1-7-1; 11-1-2; 11-2-2; 11-2-46
PHYSTB
preset entry points
frequency 11-1-11
TABLES program 11-1-7
installation II-2-45
interrupt 11-1-24, 33
TABSIZ card 1-3-3
TAPDRB 11-2-3
interrupt acknowledge EQU II-l-11
operating frequency II-2-45
Tapes
priority level 11-1-16
see optional tapes
program EQU 11-1-11
magnetic tapes
RESTRT II-I-35
paper tapes
routine 11-1-20, 21
Tape drivers parameter (1732-608/609) 11-2-31
special interrupt response routines II-I-8
Tape format, initialization 11-3-2
see diagnostic timer table
Tape record size parameter (1732-608/609) 11-2-31
Timer
package
Teletypewriter
1713 11-2-41
as comment/list device 1-1-20
1726-405 II-2-6
entry point 1-1-18
line printer 11-2-23
EQU 11-1-11
Top of thread II-l-11
format of output limitation 1-1-2
Transfer address error 111-6-2
memory 1-1-5
Transfer command 1-4-21
return control to 111-4-1
Trap
see interrupt trap region

Index-18

60282700

*U statement II-4-1
Unbuffer
1726-405 II-2-7
1732-608/609 II-2-28, 31
Unit assignments III-2-1, 2
Unpatched externals 1-1-21
Unprotected core
error III-6-4
location in memory II-I-4
Unprotected program II-I-5; III-6-3
levels reserved for II-I-24
PHYSTB II-I-31
User request II-I-3
add to MIPRO II-3-3
module addition II-3-4
User instruction
System Checkout 1-6-13
User macros 1-2-7
utility program
see SELCOP
SMR

*V statement III-4-1
VALERR II-2-37
Validation option II-2-37
VEHIFY 1-4-22
System Configurator 1-7-17
Verification
COSY 1-3-3
FORTRAN 2. OA 1-4-27
Macro Assembler 1-2-9
MSOS 1-1-29
System Configurator 1-7-15

60282700

Verification data set program 1-7-17
VOLBLK II-l-l
allocation II-I-19
defined 11-1-19
see volatile storage
Volatile storage
allocation II-I-19
defined 1I-1-19
overflow III-6-3
re-entrant routines II-I-I0
VRFCTN 1-1-29
on tape 1II-7-3
verification 1-1-29

XFR block I-4-22

*y statement 1II-6-1
*y system directory entry II-I-5
*YM statement II-I-5; 1II-6-1
entry names II-I-23
ordinals II-I-23
request priorities II-I-23

Index-19

COMMENT SHEET
MANUAL TITLE_l_7_0_0_M_S_O_S_3_oO_In_s_t_a_ll_a_tl_·o_n_H_an_d_b_o_o_k_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

PUBLICATION NO. --'-6_0_28....;2_7_0-'0_ _ _ _ __

FROM:

REVISION _ _ _ _ _ __

NAME: ____________________________________________________
BUSINESS
ADDRESS: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____

COMMENTS:
This form is not intended to be used as an order blank. Your evaluation of this manual will be welcomed
by Control Data Corporation. Any errors, suggested additions or deletions, or general comments may
be made below. Please include page number references and fill in publication revision level as shown by
the last entry on the Record of Revision page at the front of the manual. Customer engineers are urged
to use the TAR.

I
NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A.
FOLD ON DOTTED LINES AND STAPLE

STAPLE

--------------------------------------------~
FIRST CLASS
NO. 8241

PE~IT

MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U.S.A.

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY

CONTROL DATA CORPORATION

Technical Publications Department
4201 North Lexington Avenue
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112

ARH219

- FOLD - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FOLD - -I
I

I
t
I

•J
I

,
I

I
J
J

-,'"

CONTROL DATA CORPORATION
Software Documentation

" Pub. No •. ' . 60:282700

420.1 North Lexington Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota 55112

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19
Create Date                     : 2016:06:19 18:50:02-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2016:06:19 20:01:09-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2016:06:19 20:01:09-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:acea2fb2-f52f-a64e-82dd-bfe2913f8d34
Instance ID                     : uuid:0fc517da-fa42-9a4d-80d5-9fcf3aed1302
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 433

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70 60282700 1700 MSOS Version 3 Installation Handbook Dec70

60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70 60282700_1700_MSOS_Version_3_Installation_Handbook_Dec70

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation